diff --git a/LICENSE b/LICENSE new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,373 @@ +Mozilla Public License Version 2.0 +================================== + +1. Definitions +-------------- + +1.1. "Contributor" + means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to + the creation of, or owns Covered Software. + +1.2. "Contributor Version" + means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used + by a Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution. + +1.3. "Contribution" + means Covered Software of a particular Contributor. + +1.4. "Covered Software" + means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached + the notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code + Form, and Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case + including portions thereof. + +1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" + means + + (a) that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described + in Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or + + (b) that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of + version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the + terms of a Secondary License. + +1.6. "Executable Form" + means any form of the work other than Source Code Form. + +1.7. "Larger Work" + means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in + a separate file or files, that is not Covered Software. + +1.8. "License" + means this document. + +1.9. "Licensable" + means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, + whether at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and + all of the rights conveyed by this License. + +1.10. "Modifications" + means any of the following: + + (a) any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, + deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered + Software; or + + (b) any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered + Software. + +1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor + means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, + process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such + Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the + License, by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having + made, import, or transfer of either its Contributions or its + Contributor Version. + +1.12. "Secondary License" + means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU + Lesser General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General + Public License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those + licenses. + +1.13. "Source Code Form" + means the form of the work preferred for making modifications. + +1.14. "You" (or "Your") + means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this + License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that + controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with You. For + purposes of this definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct + or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, + whether by contract or otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than + fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares or beneficial + ownership of such entity. + +2. License Grants and Conditions +-------------------------------- + +2.1. Grants + +Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, +non-exclusive license: + +(a) under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) + Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available, + modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its + Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or + as part of a Larger Work; and + +(b) under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer + for sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its + Contributions or its Contributor Version. + +2.2. Effective Date + +The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution +become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first +distributes such Contribution. + +2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope + +The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under +this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the +distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License. +Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a +Contributor: + +(a) for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; + or + +(b) for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's + modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its + Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor + Version); or + +(c) under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of + its Contributions. + +This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, +or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with +the notice requirements in Section 3.4). + +2.4. Subsequent Licenses + +No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to +distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this +License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if +permitted under the terms of Section 3.3). + +2.5. Representation + +Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its +Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights +to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License. + +2.6. Fair Use + +This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under +applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other +equivalents. + +2.7. Conditions + +Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted +in Section 2.1. + +3. Responsibilities +------------------- + +3.1. Distribution of Source Form + +All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any +Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under +the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source +Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this +License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not +attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code +Form. + +3.2. Distribution of Executable Form + +If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then: + +(a) such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code + Form, as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of + the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code + Form by reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more + than the cost of distribution to the recipient; and + +(b) You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this + License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the + license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter + the recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License. + +3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work + +You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice, +provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for +the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered +Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the +Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this +License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software +under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of +the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered +Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary +License(s). + +3.4. Notices + +You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices +(including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, +or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of +the Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to +the extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies. + +3.5. Application of Additional Terms + +You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support, +indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered +Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on +behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any +such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by +You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any +liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support, +indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional +disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any +jurisdiction. + +4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation +--------------------------------------------------- + +If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this +License with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to +statute, judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with +the terms of this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) +describe the limitations and the code they affect. Such description must +be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered +Software under this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute +or regulation, such description must be sufficiently detailed for a +recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it. + +5. Termination +-------------- + +5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically +if You fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become +compliant, then the rights granted under this License from a particular +Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such +Contributor explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an +ongoing basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the +non-compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have +come back into compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular +Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor +notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the +first time You have received notice of non-compliance with this License +from such Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after +Your receipt of the notice. + +5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent +infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, +counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version +directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to +You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section +2.1 of this License shall terminate. + +5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all +end user license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which +have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License +prior to termination shall survive termination. + +************************************************************************ +* * +* 6. Disclaimer of Warranty * +* ------------------------- * +* * +* Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" * +* basis, without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or * +* statutory, including, without limitation, warranties that the * +* Covered Software is free of defects, merchantable, fit for a * +* particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire risk as to the * +* quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You. * +* Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You * +* (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, * +* repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an * +* essential part of this License. No use of any Covered Software is * +* authorized under this License except under this disclaimer. * +* * +************************************************************************ + +************************************************************************ +* * +* 7. Limitation of Liability * +* -------------------------- * +* * +* Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort * +* (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any * +* Contributor, or anyone who distributes Covered Software as * +* permitted above, be liable to You for any direct, indirect, * +* special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character * +* including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of * +* goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any * +* and all other commercial damages or losses, even if such party * +* shall have been informed of the possibility of such damages. This * +* limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or * +* personal injury resulting from such party's negligence to the * +* extent applicable law prohibits such limitation. Some * +* jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of * +* incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and * +* limitation may not apply to You. * +* * +************************************************************************ + +8. Litigation +------------- + +Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the +courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal +place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that +jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. +Nothing in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring +cross-claims or counter-claims. + +9. Miscellaneous +---------------- + +This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject +matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be +unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent +necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides +that the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter +shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor. + +10. Versions of the License +--------------------------- + +10.1. New Versions + +Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section +10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or +publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a +distinguishing version number. + +10.2. Effect of New Versions + +You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version +of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, +or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license +steward. + +10.3. Modified Versions + +If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to +create a new license for such software, you may create and use a +modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove +any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that +such modified license differs from this License). + +10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary +Licenses + +If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With +Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the +notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached. + +Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice +------------------------------------------- + + This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular +file, then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE +file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look +for such a notice. + +You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership. + +Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice +--------------------------------------------------------- + + This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as + defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# Amazon Relational Database Service SDK + +> _Warning:_ This is an experimental preview release which is still under heavy development and not intended for public consumption, _caveat emptor_! + +* [description](#description) +* [Contribute](#contribute) +* [Licence](#licence) + +## Description + +Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) is a web service that makes it easy to set up, operate, and scale a relational database in the cloud. It provides cost-efficient and resizable capacity while managing time-consuming database administration tasks, freeing you up to focus on your applications and business. + +Documentation is available via [Hackage](http://hackage.haskell.org/package/amazonka-rds) +and [AWS API Reference](http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/Welcome.html). + + +## Contribute + +For any problems, comments, or feedback please create an issue [here on GitHub](https://github.com/brendanhay/amazonka/issues). + +> _Note:_ this library is an auto-generated Haskell package. Please see `amazonka-gen` for more information. + + +## Licence + +`amazonka-rds` is released under the [Mozilla Public License Version 2.0](http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/). diff --git a/Setup.hs b/Setup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/Setup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +import Distribution.Simple +main = defaultMain diff --git a/amazonka-rds.cabal b/amazonka-rds.cabal new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/amazonka-rds.cabal @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +name: amazonka-rds +version: 0.0.0 +synopsis: Amazon Relational Database Service SDK. +homepage: https://github.com/brendanhay/amazonka +license: OtherLicense +license-file: LICENSE +author: Brendan Hay +maintainer: Brendan Hay +copyright: Copyright (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +category: Network, AWS, Cloud +build-type: Simple +extra-source-files: README.md +cabal-version: >= 1.10 + +description: + Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) is a web service that + makes it easy to set up, operate, and scale a relational database in + the cloud. It provides cost-efficient and resizable capacity while + managing time-consuming database administration tasks, freeing you up + to focus on your applications and business. + . + /See:/ + . + /Warning:/ This is an experimental preview release which is still under + heavy development and not intended for public consumption, caveat emptor! + +source-repository head + type: git + location: git://github.com/brendanhay/amazonka.git + +library + default-language: Haskell2010 + hs-source-dirs: src gen + + ghc-options: -Wall + + exposed-modules: + Network.AWS.RDS + , Network.AWS.RDS.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription + , Network.AWS.RDS.AddTagsToResource + , Network.AWS.RDS.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + , Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBParameterGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBSnapshot + , Network.AWS.RDS.CopyOptionGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstance + , Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstanceReadReplica + , Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBParameterGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSecurityGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSnapshot + , Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSubnetGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.CreateEventSubscription + , Network.AWS.RDS.CreateOptionGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBInstance + , Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBParameterGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSecurityGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSnapshot + , Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSubnetGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteEventSubscription + , Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteOptionGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBEngineVersions + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBLogFiles + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameterGroups + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameters + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSecurityGroups + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSubnetGroups + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultParameters + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventCategories + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventSubscriptions + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEvents + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroupOptions + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroups + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstances + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings + , Network.AWS.RDS.DownloadDBLogFilePortion + , Network.AWS.RDS.ListTagsForResource + , Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBInstance + , Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBParameterGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBSubnetGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyEventSubscription + , Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyOptionGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.PromoteReadReplica + , Network.AWS.RDS.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering + , Network.AWS.RDS.RebootDBInstance + , Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription + , Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveTagsFromResource + , Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBParameterGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + , Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime + , Network.AWS.RDS.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress + , Network.AWS.RDS.Types + + other-modules: + + build-depends: + amazonka-core + , base >= 4.7 && < 5 diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS.hs @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) is a web service that makes +-- it easy to set up, operate, and scale a relational database in the cloud. +-- It provides cost-efficient and resizable capacity while managing +-- time-consuming database administration tasks, freeing you up to focus on +-- your applications and business. +module Network.AWS.RDS + ( module Network.AWS.RDS.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription + , module Network.AWS.RDS.AddTagsToResource + , module Network.AWS.RDS.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBSnapshot + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyOptionGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstance + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstanceReadReplica + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSecurityGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSnapshot + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSubnetGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateEventSubscription + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateOptionGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBInstance + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSecurityGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSnapshot + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSubnetGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteEventSubscription + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteOptionGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBEngineVersions + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBLogFiles + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameterGroups + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameters + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSecurityGroups + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSubnetGroups + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultParameters + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventCategories + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventSubscriptions + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEvents + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroupOptions + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroups + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstances + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DownloadDBLogFilePortion + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ListTagsForResource + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBInstance + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBSubnetGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyEventSubscription + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyOptionGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.PromoteReadReplica + , module Network.AWS.RDS.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering + , module Network.AWS.RDS.RebootDBInstance + , module Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription + , module Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveTagsFromResource + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + , module Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime + , module Network.AWS.RDS.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress + , module Network.AWS.RDS.Types + ) where + +import Network.AWS.RDS.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription +import Network.AWS.RDS.AddTagsToResource +import Network.AWS.RDS.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress +import Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBSnapshot +import Network.AWS.RDS.CopyOptionGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstance +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstanceReadReplica +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSecurityGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSnapshot +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSubnetGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateEventSubscription +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateOptionGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBInstance +import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSecurityGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSnapshot +import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSubnetGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteEventSubscription +import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteOptionGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBEngineVersions +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBLogFiles +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameterGroups +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameters +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSecurityGroups +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSubnetGroups +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultParameters +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventCategories +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventSubscriptions +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEvents +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroupOptions +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroups +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstances +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings +import Network.AWS.RDS.DownloadDBLogFilePortion +import Network.AWS.RDS.ListTagsForResource +import Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBInstance +import Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBSubnetGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyEventSubscription +import Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyOptionGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.PromoteReadReplica +import Network.AWS.RDS.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering +import Network.AWS.RDS.RebootDBInstance +import Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription +import Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveTagsFromResource +import Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot +import Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime +import Network.AWS.RDS.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription.hs @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Adds a source identifier to an existing RDS event notification +-- subscription. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription + ( + -- * Request + AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription + -- ** Request constructor + , addSourceIdentifierToSubscription + -- ** Request lenses + , asitsSourceIdentifier + , asitsSubscriptionName + + -- * Response + , AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , addSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , asitsrEventSubscription + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription + { _asitsSourceIdentifier :: Text + , _asitsSubscriptionName :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'asitsSourceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'asitsSubscriptionName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +addSourceIdentifierToSubscription :: Text -- ^ 'asitsSubscriptionName' + -> Text -- ^ 'asitsSourceIdentifier' + -> AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription +addSourceIdentifierToSubscription p1 p2 = AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription + { _asitsSubscriptionName = p1 + , _asitsSourceIdentifier = p2 + } + +-- | The identifier of the event source to be added. An identifier must begin +-- with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; +-- it cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +-- Constraints: If the source type is a DB instance, then a +-- DBInstanceIdentifier must be supplied. If the source type is a DB +-- security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must be supplied. If the source +-- type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must be supplied. If +-- the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be +-- supplied. +asitsSourceIdentifier :: Lens' AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription Text +asitsSourceIdentifier = + lens _asitsSourceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _asitsSourceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to add a +-- source identifier to. +asitsSubscriptionName :: Lens' AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription Text +asitsSubscriptionName = + lens _asitsSubscriptionName (\s a -> s { _asitsSubscriptionName = a }) + +newtype AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse = AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse + { _asitsrEventSubscription :: Maybe EventSubscription + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'asitsrEventSubscription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'EventSubscription' +-- +addSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse :: AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse +addSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse = AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse + { _asitsrEventSubscription = Nothing + } + +asitsrEventSubscription :: Lens' AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) +asitsrEventSubscription = + lens _asitsrEventSubscription (\s a -> s { _asitsrEventSubscription = a }) + +instance ToPath AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription where + toQuery AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription{..} = mconcat + [ "SourceIdentifier" =? _asitsSourceIdentifier + , "SubscriptionName" =? _asitsSubscriptionName + ] + +instance ToHeaders AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription + +instance AWSRequest AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription where + type Sv AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = RDS + type Rs AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse + + request = post "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse where + parseXML = withElement "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResult" $ \x -> AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse + <$> x .@? "EventSubscription" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddTagsToResource.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddTagsToResource.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddTagsToResource.hs @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.AddTagsToResource +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Adds metadata tags to an Amazon RDS resource. These tags can also be used +-- with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with Amazon RDS +-- resources, or used in Condition statement in IAM policy for Amazon RDS. For +-- an overview on tagging Amazon RDS resources, see Tagging Amazon RDS +-- Resources. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.AddTagsToResource + ( + -- * Request + AddTagsToResource + -- ** Request constructor + , addTagsToResource + -- ** Request lenses + , attrResourceName + , attrTags + + -- * Response + , AddTagsToResourceResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , addTagsToResourceResponse + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data AddTagsToResource = AddTagsToResource + { _attrResourceName :: Text + , _attrTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'AddTagsToResource' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'attrResourceName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'attrTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +addTagsToResource :: Text -- ^ 'attrResourceName' + -> AddTagsToResource +addTagsToResource p1 = AddTagsToResource + { _attrResourceName = p1 + , _attrTags = mempty + } + +-- | The Amazon RDS resource the tags will be added to. This value is an +-- Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see +-- Constructing an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN). +attrResourceName :: Lens' AddTagsToResource Text +attrResourceName = lens _attrResourceName (\s a -> s { _attrResourceName = a }) + +-- | The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource. +attrTags :: Lens' AddTagsToResource [Tag] +attrTags = lens _attrTags (\s a -> s { _attrTags = a }) . _List + +data AddTagsToResourceResponse = AddTagsToResourceResponse + deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Generic) + +-- | 'AddTagsToResourceResponse' constructor. +addTagsToResourceResponse :: AddTagsToResourceResponse +addTagsToResourceResponse = AddTagsToResourceResponse + +instance ToPath AddTagsToResource where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery AddTagsToResource where + toQuery AddTagsToResource{..} = mconcat + [ "ResourceName" =? _attrResourceName + , "Tags" =? _attrTags + ] + +instance ToHeaders AddTagsToResource + +instance AWSRequest AddTagsToResource where + type Sv AddTagsToResource = RDS + type Rs AddTagsToResource = AddTagsToResourceResponse + + request = post "AddTagsToResource" + response = nullResponse AddTagsToResourceResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Enables ingress to a DBSecurityGroup using one of two forms of +-- authorization. First, EC2 or VPC security groups can be added to the +-- DBSecurityGroup if the application using the database is running on EC2 or +-- VPC instances. Second, IP ranges are available if the application accessing +-- your database is running on the Internet. Required parameters for this API +-- are one of CIDR range, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or +-- (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or +-- EC2SecurityGroupId for non-VPC). For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the +-- Wikipedia Tutorial. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + ( + -- * Request + AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + -- ** Request constructor + , authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + -- ** Request lenses + , adbsgiCIDRIP + , adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName + , adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId + , adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName + , adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + + -- * Response + , AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , adbsgirDBSecurityGroup + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + { _adbsgiCIDRIP :: Maybe Text + , _adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName :: Text + , _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId :: Maybe Text + , _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'adbsgiCIDRIP' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress :: Text -- ^ 'adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName' + -> AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress +authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress p1 = AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + { _adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName = p1 + , _adbsgiCIDRIP = Nothing + , _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = Nothing + , _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing + } + +-- | The IP range to authorize. +adbsgiCIDRIP :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +adbsgiCIDRIP = lens _adbsgiCIDRIP (\s a -> s { _adbsgiCIDRIP = a }) + +-- | The name of the DB security group to add authorization to. +adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress Text +adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName = + lens _adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName = a }) + +-- | Id of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, +-- EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId +-- and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. +adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = + lens _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId + (\s a -> s { _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = a }) + +-- | Name of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, +-- EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId +-- and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. +adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = + lens _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = a }) + +-- | AWS Account Number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in +-- the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an +-- acceptable value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be +-- provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either +-- EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. +adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = + lens _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + (\s a -> s { _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a }) + +newtype AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse = AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + { _adbsgirDBSecurityGroup :: Maybe DBSecurityGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'adbsgirDBSecurityGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSecurityGroup' +-- +authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse :: AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse +authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse = AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + { _adbsgirDBSecurityGroup = Nothing + } + +adbsgirDBSecurityGroup :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse (Maybe DBSecurityGroup) +adbsgirDBSecurityGroup = + lens _adbsgirDBSecurityGroup (\s a -> s { _adbsgirDBSecurityGroup = a }) + +instance ToPath AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress where + toQuery AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress{..} = mconcat + [ "CIDRIP" =? _adbsgiCIDRIP + , "DBSecurityGroupName" =? _adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName + , "EC2SecurityGroupId" =? _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId + , "EC2SecurityGroupName" =? _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName + , "EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId" =? _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + ] + +instance ToHeaders AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + +instance AWSRequest AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress where + type Sv AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = RDS + type Rs AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + + request = post "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse where + parseXML = withElement "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResult" $ \x -> AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + <$> x .@? "DBSecurityGroup" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBParameterGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBParameterGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBParameterGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Copies the specified DBParameterGroup. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBParameterGroup + ( + -- * Request + CopyDBParameterGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , copyDBParameterGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier + , cdbpgTags + , cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription + , cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier + + -- * Response + , CopyDBParameterGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , copyDBParameterGroupResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , cdbpgr1DBParameterGroup + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CopyDBParameterGroup = CopyDBParameterGroup + { _cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier :: Text + , _cdbpgTags :: List "Tag" Tag + , _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription :: Text + , _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CopyDBParameterGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbpgTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +-- * 'cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +copyDBParameterGroup :: Text -- ^ 'cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription' + -> CopyDBParameterGroup +copyDBParameterGroup p1 p2 p3 = CopyDBParameterGroup + { _cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = p1 + , _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = p2 + , _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription = p3 + , _cdbpgTags = mempty + } + +-- | The identifier or ARN for the source DB Parameter Group. Constraints: +-- Must specify a valid DB Parameter Group. If the source DB Parameter Group +-- is in the same region as the copy, specify a valid DB Parameter Group +-- identifier, or a valid ARN. If the source DB Parameter Group is in a +-- different region than the copy, specify a valid DB parameter group ARN. +-- Example: my-db-param-group Example: +-- arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:pg:special-parameters. +cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroup Text +cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = + lens _cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = a }) + +cdbpgTags :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroup [Tag] +cdbpgTags = lens _cdbpgTags (\s a -> s { _cdbpgTags = a }) . _List + +-- | The description for the copied DB Parameter Group. +cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroup Text +cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription = + lens _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription + (\s a -> s { _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription = a }) + +-- | The identifier for the copied DB Parameter Group. Constraints: Cannot be +-- null, empty, or blank Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- or hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or +-- contain two consecutive hyphens Example: my-db-parameter-group. +cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroup Text +cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = + lens _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = a }) + +newtype CopyDBParameterGroupResponse = CopyDBParameterGroupResponse + { _cdbpgr1DBParameterGroup :: Maybe DBParameterGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CopyDBParameterGroupResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cdbpgr1DBParameterGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBParameterGroup' +-- +copyDBParameterGroupResponse :: CopyDBParameterGroupResponse +copyDBParameterGroupResponse = CopyDBParameterGroupResponse + { _cdbpgr1DBParameterGroup = Nothing + } + +cdbpgr1DBParameterGroup :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroupResponse (Maybe DBParameterGroup) +cdbpgr1DBParameterGroup = + lens _cdbpgr1DBParameterGroup (\s a -> s { _cdbpgr1DBParameterGroup = a }) + +instance ToPath CopyDBParameterGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CopyDBParameterGroup where + toQuery CopyDBParameterGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier" =? _cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier + , "Tags" =? _cdbpgTags + , "TargetDBParameterGroupDescription" =? _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription + , "TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier" =? _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier + ] + +instance ToHeaders CopyDBParameterGroup + +instance AWSRequest CopyDBParameterGroup where + type Sv CopyDBParameterGroup = RDS + type Rs CopyDBParameterGroup = CopyDBParameterGroupResponse + + request = post "CopyDBParameterGroup" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CopyDBParameterGroupResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CopyDBParameterGroupResult" $ \x -> CopyDBParameterGroupResponse + <$> x .@? "DBParameterGroup" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBSnapshot.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBSnapshot.hs @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBSnapshot +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Copies the specified DBSnapshot. The source DBSnapshot must be in the +-- "available" state. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBSnapshot + ( + -- * Request + CopyDBSnapshot + -- ** Request constructor + , copyDBSnapshot + -- ** Request lenses + , cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier + , cdbsTags + , cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier + + -- * Response + , CopyDBSnapshotResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , copyDBSnapshotResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , cdbsrDBSnapshot + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CopyDBSnapshot = CopyDBSnapshot + { _cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Text + , _cdbsTags :: List "Tag" Tag + , _cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CopyDBSnapshot' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbsTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +-- * 'cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +copyDBSnapshot :: Text -- ^ 'cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier' + -> CopyDBSnapshot +copyDBSnapshot p1 p2 = CopyDBSnapshot + { _cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = p1 + , _cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = p2 + , _cdbsTags = mempty + } + +-- | The identifier for the source DB snapshot. Constraints: Must specify a +-- valid system snapshot in the "available" state. If the source snapshot is +-- in the same region as the copy, specify a valid DB snapshot identifier. +-- If the source snapshot is in a different region than the copy, specify a +-- valid DB snapshot ARN. For more information, go to Copying a DB Snapshot. +-- Example: rds:mydb-2012-04-02-00-01 Example: +-- arn:aws:rds:rr-regn-1:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805. +-- +cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshot Text +cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = + lens _cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +cdbsTags :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshot [Tag] +cdbsTags = lens _cdbsTags (\s a -> s { _cdbsTags = a }) . _List + +-- | The identifier for the copied snapshot. Constraints: Cannot be null, +-- empty, or blank Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or +-- hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or +-- contain two consecutive hyphens Example: my-db-snapshot. +cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshot Text +cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = + lens _cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +newtype CopyDBSnapshotResponse = CopyDBSnapshotResponse + { _cdbsrDBSnapshot :: Maybe DBSnapshot + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CopyDBSnapshotResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cdbsrDBSnapshot' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSnapshot' +-- +copyDBSnapshotResponse :: CopyDBSnapshotResponse +copyDBSnapshotResponse = CopyDBSnapshotResponse + { _cdbsrDBSnapshot = Nothing + } + +cdbsrDBSnapshot :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBSnapshot) +cdbsrDBSnapshot = lens _cdbsrDBSnapshot (\s a -> s { _cdbsrDBSnapshot = a }) + +instance ToPath CopyDBSnapshot where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CopyDBSnapshot where + toQuery CopyDBSnapshot{..} = mconcat + [ "SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier" =? _cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier + , "Tags" =? _cdbsTags + , "TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier" =? _cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier + ] + +instance ToHeaders CopyDBSnapshot + +instance AWSRequest CopyDBSnapshot where + type Sv CopyDBSnapshot = RDS + type Rs CopyDBSnapshot = CopyDBSnapshotResponse + + request = post "CopyDBSnapshot" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CopyDBSnapshotResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CopyDBSnapshotResult" $ \x -> CopyDBSnapshotResponse + <$> x .@? "DBSnapshot" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyOptionGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyOptionGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyOptionGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CopyOptionGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Copies the specified Option Group. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyOptionGroup + ( + -- * Request + CopyOptionGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , copyOptionGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier + , cog1Tags + , cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription + , cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier + + -- * Response + , CopyOptionGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , copyOptionGroupResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , cogrOptionGroup + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CopyOptionGroup = CopyOptionGroup + { _cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier :: Text + , _cog1Tags :: List "Tag" Tag + , _cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription :: Text + , _cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CopyOptionGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cog1Tags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +-- * 'cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +copyOptionGroup :: Text -- ^ 'cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription' + -> CopyOptionGroup +copyOptionGroup p1 p2 p3 = CopyOptionGroup + { _cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier = p1 + , _cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier = p2 + , _cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription = p3 + , _cog1Tags = mempty + } + +-- | The identifier or ARN for the source Option Group. Constraints: Must +-- specify a valid Option Group. If the source Option Group is in the same +-- region as the copy, specify a valid Option Group identifier, or a valid +-- ARN. If the source Option Group is in a different region than the copy, +-- specify a valid Option group ARN. Example: my-option-group Example: +-- arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:og:special-options. +cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyOptionGroup Text +cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier = + lens _cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier = a }) + +cog1Tags :: Lens' CopyOptionGroup [Tag] +cog1Tags = lens _cog1Tags (\s a -> s { _cog1Tags = a }) . _List + +-- | The description for the copied Option Group. +cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription :: Lens' CopyOptionGroup Text +cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription = + lens _cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription + (\s a -> s { _cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription = a }) + +-- | The identifier for the copied Option Group. Constraints: Cannot be null, +-- empty, or blank Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or +-- hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or +-- contain two consecutive hyphens Example: my-option-group. +cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyOptionGroup Text +cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier = + lens _cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier = a }) + +newtype CopyOptionGroupResponse = CopyOptionGroupResponse + { _cogrOptionGroup :: Maybe OptionGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CopyOptionGroupResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cogrOptionGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'OptionGroup' +-- +copyOptionGroupResponse :: CopyOptionGroupResponse +copyOptionGroupResponse = CopyOptionGroupResponse + { _cogrOptionGroup = Nothing + } + +cogrOptionGroup :: Lens' CopyOptionGroupResponse (Maybe OptionGroup) +cogrOptionGroup = lens _cogrOptionGroup (\s a -> s { _cogrOptionGroup = a }) + +instance ToPath CopyOptionGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CopyOptionGroup where + toQuery CopyOptionGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "SourceOptionGroupIdentifier" =? _cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier + , "Tags" =? _cog1Tags + , "TargetOptionGroupDescription" =? _cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription + , "TargetOptionGroupIdentifier" =? _cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier + ] + +instance ToHeaders CopyOptionGroup + +instance AWSRequest CopyOptionGroup where + type Sv CopyOptionGroup = RDS + type Rs CopyOptionGroup = CopyOptionGroupResponse + + request = post "CopyOptionGroup" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CopyOptionGroupResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CopyOptionGroupResult" $ \x -> CopyOptionGroupResponse + <$> x .@? "OptionGroup" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstance.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstance.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstance.hs @@ -0,0 +1,508 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstance +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates a new DB instance. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstance + ( + -- * Request + CreateDBInstance + -- ** Request constructor + , createDBInstance + -- ** Request lenses + , cdbiAllocatedStorage + , cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , cdbiAvailabilityZone + , cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod + , cdbiCharacterSetName + , cdbiDBInstanceClass + , cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier + , cdbiDBName + , cdbiDBParameterGroupName + , cdbiDBSecurityGroups + , cdbiDBSubnetGroupName + , cdbiEngine + , cdbiEngineVersion + , cdbiIops + , cdbiLicenseModel + , cdbiMasterUserPassword + , cdbiMasterUsername + , cdbiMultiAZ + , cdbiOptionGroupName + , cdbiPort + , cdbiPreferredBackupWindow + , cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , cdbiPubliclyAccessible + , cdbiStorageType + , cdbiTags + , cdbiTdeCredentialArn + , cdbiTdeCredentialPassword + , cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds + + -- * Response + , CreateDBInstanceResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , createDBInstanceResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , cdbirDBInstance + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CreateDBInstance = CreateDBInstance + { _cdbiAllocatedStorage :: Int + , _cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool + , _cdbiAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text + , _cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod :: Maybe Int + , _cdbiCharacterSetName :: Maybe Text + , _cdbiDBInstanceClass :: Text + , _cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text + , _cdbiDBName :: Maybe Text + , _cdbiDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _cdbiDBSecurityGroups :: List "DBSecurityGroupName" Text + , _cdbiDBSubnetGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _cdbiEngine :: Text + , _cdbiEngineVersion :: Maybe Text + , _cdbiIops :: Maybe Int + , _cdbiLicenseModel :: Maybe Text + , _cdbiMasterUserPassword :: Text + , _cdbiMasterUsername :: Text + , _cdbiMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool + , _cdbiOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _cdbiPort :: Maybe Int + , _cdbiPreferredBackupWindow :: Maybe Text + , _cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Maybe Text + , _cdbiPubliclyAccessible :: Maybe Bool + , _cdbiStorageType :: Maybe Text + , _cdbiTags :: List "Tag" Tag + , _cdbiTdeCredentialArn :: Maybe Text + , _cdbiTdeCredentialPassword :: Maybe Text + , _cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds :: List "VpcSecurityGroupId" Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateDBInstance' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cdbiAllocatedStorage' @::@ 'Int' +-- +-- * 'cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'cdbiAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'cdbiCharacterSetName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiDBName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiDBSecurityGroups' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'cdbiDBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiEngine' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'cdbiLicenseModel' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiMasterUserPassword' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiMasterUsername' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'cdbiOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'cdbiPreferredBackupWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiPubliclyAccessible' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'cdbiStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +-- * 'cdbiTdeCredentialArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiTdeCredentialPassword' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +createDBInstance :: Text -- ^ 'cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> Int -- ^ 'cdbiAllocatedStorage' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbiDBInstanceClass' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbiEngine' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbiMasterUsername' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbiMasterUserPassword' + -> CreateDBInstance +createDBInstance p1 p2 p3 p4 p5 p6 = CreateDBInstance + { _cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 + , _cdbiAllocatedStorage = p2 + , _cdbiDBInstanceClass = p3 + , _cdbiEngine = p4 + , _cdbiMasterUsername = p5 + , _cdbiMasterUserPassword = p6 + , _cdbiDBName = Nothing + , _cdbiDBSecurityGroups = mempty + , _cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds = mempty + , _cdbiAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _cdbiDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _cdbiDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _cdbiPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _cdbiPort = Nothing + , _cdbiMultiAZ = Nothing + , _cdbiEngineVersion = Nothing + , _cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _cdbiLicenseModel = Nothing + , _cdbiIops = Nothing + , _cdbiOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _cdbiCharacterSetName = Nothing + , _cdbiPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _cdbiTags = mempty + , _cdbiStorageType = Nothing + , _cdbiTdeCredentialArn = Nothing + , _cdbiTdeCredentialPassword = Nothing + } + +-- | The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to be initially allocated for the +-- database instance. Type: Integer MySQL Constraints: Must be an integer +-- from 5 to 3072. PostgreSQL Constraints: Must be an integer from 5 to +-- 3072. Oracle Constraints: Must be an integer from 10 to 3072. SQL Server +-- Constraints: Must be an integer from 200 to 1024 (Standard Edition and +-- Enterprise Edition) or from 30 to 1024 (Express Edition and Web Edition). +cdbiAllocatedStorage :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Int +cdbiAllocatedStorage = + lens _cdbiAllocatedStorage (\s a -> s { _cdbiAllocatedStorage = a }) + +-- | Indicates that minor engine upgrades will be applied automatically to the +-- DB instance during the maintenance window. Default: true. +cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = + lens _cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + (\s a -> s { _cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a }) + +-- | The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in. +-- Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's +-- region. Example: us-east-1d Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter +-- cannot be specified if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. The +-- specified Availability Zone must be in the same region as the current +-- endpoint. +cdbiAvailabilityZone :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdbiAvailabilityZone = + lens _cdbiAvailabilityZone (\s a -> s { _cdbiAvailabilityZone = a }) + +-- | The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this +-- parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to +-- 0 disables automated backups. Default: 1 Constraints: Must be a value +-- from 0 to 35 Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to read +-- replicas. +cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Int) +cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod = + lens _cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod + (\s a -> s { _cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod = a }) + +-- | For supported engines, indicates that the DB instance should be +-- associated with the specified CharacterSet. +cdbiCharacterSetName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdbiCharacterSetName = + lens _cdbiCharacterSetName (\s a -> s { _cdbiCharacterSetName = a }) + +-- | The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance. Valid Values: +-- db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge | +-- db.m2.xlarge |db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large +-- | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | +-- db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small +-- | db.t2.medium. +cdbiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Text +cdbiDBInstanceClass = + lens _cdbiDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _cdbiDBInstanceClass = a }) + +-- | The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase +-- string. Constraints: Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or +-- hyphens (1 to 15 for SQL Server). First character must be a letter. +-- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: +-- mydbinstance. +cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Text +cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine +-- you use. Type: String MySQL The name of the database to create when the +-- DB instance is created. If this parameter is not specified, no database +-- is created in the DB instance. Constraints: Must contain 1 to 64 +-- alphanumeric characters Cannot be a word reserved by the specified +-- database engine PostgreSQL The name of the database to create when the DB +-- instance is created. If this parameter is not specified, no database is +-- created in the DB instance. Constraints: Must contain 1 to 63 +-- alphanumeric characters Must begin with a letter or an underscore. +-- Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores, or digits (0-9). +-- Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine Oracle The +-- Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. Default: ORCL +-- Constraints: Cannot be longer than 8 characters SQL Server Not +-- applicable. Must be null. +cdbiDBName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdbiDBName = lens _cdbiDBName (\s a -> s { _cdbiDBName = a }) + +-- | The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If +-- this argument is omitted, the default DBParameterGroup for the specified +-- engine will be used. Constraints: Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric +-- characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or +-- contain two consecutive hyphens. +cdbiDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdbiDBParameterGroupName = + lens _cdbiDBParameterGroupName + (\s a -> s { _cdbiDBParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. Default: +-- The default DB security group for the database engine. +cdbiDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' CreateDBInstance [Text] +cdbiDBSecurityGroups = + lens _cdbiDBSecurityGroups (\s a -> s { _cdbiDBSecurityGroups = a }) + . _List + +-- | A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. If there is no DB +-- subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance. +cdbiDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdbiDBSubnetGroupName = + lens _cdbiDBSubnetGroupName (\s a -> s { _cdbiDBSubnetGroupName = a }) + +-- | The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. Valid +-- Values: MySQL | oracle-se1 | oracle-se | oracle-ee | sqlserver-ee | +-- sqlserver-se | sqlserver-ex | sqlserver-web | postgres. +cdbiEngine :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Text +cdbiEngine = lens _cdbiEngine (\s a -> s { _cdbiEngine = a }) + +-- | The version number of the database engine to use. MySQL Example: 5.1.42 +-- Type: String PostgreSQL Example: 9.3 Type: String Oracle Example: +-- 11.2.0.2.v2 Type: String SQL Server Example: 10.50.2789.0.v1. +cdbiEngineVersion :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdbiEngineVersion = + lens _cdbiEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _cdbiEngineVersion = a }) + +-- | The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be +-- initially allocated for the DB instance. Constraints: To use PIOPS, this +-- value must be an integer greater than 1000. +cdbiIops :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Int) +cdbiIops = lens _cdbiIops (\s a -> s { _cdbiIops = a }) + +-- | License model information for this DB instance. Valid values: +-- license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license. +cdbiLicenseModel :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdbiLicenseModel = lens _cdbiLicenseModel (\s a -> s { _cdbiLicenseModel = a }) + +-- | The password for the master database user. Can be any printable ASCII +-- character except "/", """, or "@". Type: String MySQL Constraints: Must +-- contain from 8 to 41 characters. Oracle Constraints: Must contain from 8 +-- to 30 characters. SQL Server Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 +-- characters. +cdbiMasterUserPassword :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Text +cdbiMasterUserPassword = + lens _cdbiMasterUserPassword (\s a -> s { _cdbiMasterUserPassword = a }) + +-- | The name of master user for the client DB instance. MySQL Constraints: +-- Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters. First character must be a +-- letter. Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. Type: +-- String Oracle Constraints: Must be 1 to 30 alphanumeric characters. First +-- character must be a letter. Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen +-- database engine. SQL Server Constraints: Must be 1 to 128 alphanumeric +-- characters. First character must be a letter. Cannot be a reserved word +-- for the chosen database engine. +cdbiMasterUsername :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Text +cdbiMasterUsername = + lens _cdbiMasterUsername (\s a -> s { _cdbiMasterUsername = a }) + +-- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You cannot set the +-- AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. +cdbiMultiAZ :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +cdbiMultiAZ = lens _cdbiMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _cdbiMultiAZ = a }) + +-- | Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified +-- option group. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle +-- Advanced Security TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that +-- option group cannot be removed from a DB instance once it is associated +-- with a DB instance. +cdbiOptionGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdbiOptionGroupName = + lens _cdbiOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _cdbiOptionGroupName = a }) + +-- | The port number on which the database accepts connections. MySQL Default: +-- 3306 Valid Values: 1150-65535 Type: Integer PostgreSQL Default: 5432 +-- Valid Values: 1150-65535 Type: Integer Oracle Default: 1521 Valid Values: +-- 1150-65535 SQL Server Default: 1433 Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for +-- 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152 through 49156. +cdbiPort :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Int) +cdbiPort = lens _cdbiPort (\s a -> s { _cdbiPort = a }) + +-- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if +-- automated backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. +-- Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of +-- time per region. See the Amazon RDS User Guide for the time blocks for +-- each region from which the default backup windows are assigned. +-- Constraints: Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. Times should be +-- Universal Time Coordinated (UTC). Must not conflict with the preferred +-- maintenance window. Must be at least 30 minutes. +cdbiPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdbiPreferredBackupWindow = + lens _cdbiPreferredBackupWindow + (\s a -> s { _cdbiPreferredBackupWindow = a }) + +-- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur. +-- Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi Default: A 30-minute window selected at +-- random from an 8-hour block of time per region, occurring on a random day +-- of the week. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the +-- Preferred Maintenance Window in the Amazon RDS User Guide. Valid Days: +-- Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. +cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = + lens _cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow + (\s a -> s { _cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a }) + +-- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true +-- specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS +-- name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies +-- an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP +-- address. Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC +-- has been requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior +-- in each case. Default VPC:true VPC:false If no DB subnet group has been +-- specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not +-- been set, the DB instance will be publicly accessible. If a specific DB +-- subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the +-- PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be +-- private. +cdbiPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +cdbiPubliclyAccessible = + lens _cdbiPubliclyAccessible (\s a -> s { _cdbiPubliclyAccessible = a }) + +-- | Specifies storage type to be associated with the DB Instance. Valid +-- values: standard | gp2 | io1 If you specify io1, you must also include a +-- value for the Iops parameter. +cdbiStorageType :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdbiStorageType = lens _cdbiStorageType (\s a -> s { _cdbiStorageType = a }) + +cdbiTags :: Lens' CreateDBInstance [Tag] +cdbiTags = lens _cdbiTags (\s a -> s { _cdbiTags = a }) . _List + +-- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE +-- encryption. +cdbiTdeCredentialArn :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdbiTdeCredentialArn = + lens _cdbiTdeCredentialArn (\s a -> s { _cdbiTdeCredentialArn = a }) + +-- | The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the +-- device. +cdbiTdeCredentialPassword :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdbiTdeCredentialPassword = + lens _cdbiTdeCredentialPassword + (\s a -> s { _cdbiTdeCredentialPassword = a }) + +-- | A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. +-- Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's +-- VPC. +cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' CreateDBInstance [Text] +cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds = + lens _cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds (\s a -> s { _cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds = a }) + . _List + +newtype CreateDBInstanceResponse = CreateDBInstanceResponse + { _cdbirDBInstance :: Maybe DBInstance + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateDBInstanceResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cdbirDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBInstance' +-- +createDBInstanceResponse :: CreateDBInstanceResponse +createDBInstanceResponse = CreateDBInstanceResponse + { _cdbirDBInstance = Nothing + } + +cdbirDBInstance :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) +cdbirDBInstance = lens _cdbirDBInstance (\s a -> s { _cdbirDBInstance = a }) + +instance ToPath CreateDBInstance where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateDBInstance where + toQuery CreateDBInstance{..} = mconcat + [ "AllocatedStorage" =? _cdbiAllocatedStorage + , "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =? _cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , "AvailabilityZone" =? _cdbiAvailabilityZone + , "BackupRetentionPeriod" =? _cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod + , "CharacterSetName" =? _cdbiCharacterSetName + , "DBInstanceClass" =? _cdbiDBInstanceClass + , "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier + , "DBName" =? _cdbiDBName + , "DBParameterGroupName" =? _cdbiDBParameterGroupName + , "DBSecurityGroups" =? _cdbiDBSecurityGroups + , "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _cdbiDBSubnetGroupName + , "Engine" =? _cdbiEngine + , "EngineVersion" =? _cdbiEngineVersion + , "Iops" =? _cdbiIops + , "LicenseModel" =? _cdbiLicenseModel + , "MasterUserPassword" =? _cdbiMasterUserPassword + , "MasterUsername" =? _cdbiMasterUsername + , "MultiAZ" =? _cdbiMultiAZ + , "OptionGroupName" =? _cdbiOptionGroupName + , "Port" =? _cdbiPort + , "PreferredBackupWindow" =? _cdbiPreferredBackupWindow + , "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =? _cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , "PubliclyAccessible" =? _cdbiPubliclyAccessible + , "StorageType" =? _cdbiStorageType + , "Tags" =? _cdbiTags + , "TdeCredentialArn" =? _cdbiTdeCredentialArn + , "TdeCredentialPassword" =? _cdbiTdeCredentialPassword + , "VpcSecurityGroupIds" =? _cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds + ] + +instance ToHeaders CreateDBInstance + +instance AWSRequest CreateDBInstance where + type Sv CreateDBInstance = RDS + type Rs CreateDBInstance = CreateDBInstanceResponse + + request = post "CreateDBInstance" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CreateDBInstanceResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CreateDBInstanceResult" $ \x -> CreateDBInstanceResponse + <$> x .@? "DBInstance" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica.hs @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstanceReadReplica +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates a DB instance that acts as a read replica of a source DB instance. +-- All read replica DB instances are created as Single-AZ deployments with +-- backups disabled. All other DB instance attributes (including DB security +-- groups and DB parameter groups) are inherited from the source DB instance, +-- except as specified below. The source DB instance must have backup +-- retention enabled. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstanceReadReplica + ( + -- * Request + CreateDBInstanceReadReplica + -- ** Request constructor + , createDBInstanceReadReplica + -- ** Request lenses + , cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , cdbirrAvailabilityZone + , cdbirrDBInstanceClass + , cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier + , cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName + , cdbirrIops + , cdbirrOptionGroupName + , cdbirrPort + , cdbirrPubliclyAccessible + , cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier + , cdbirrStorageType + , cdbirrTags + + -- * Response + , CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , createDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , cdbirrrDBInstance + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CreateDBInstanceReadReplica = CreateDBInstanceReadReplica + { _cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool + , _cdbirrAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text + , _cdbirrDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text + , _cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text + , _cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _cdbirrIops :: Maybe Int + , _cdbirrOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _cdbirrPort :: Maybe Int + , _cdbirrPubliclyAccessible :: Maybe Bool + , _cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text + , _cdbirrStorageType :: Maybe Text + , _cdbirrTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateDBInstanceReadReplica' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'cdbirrAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbirrDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbirrIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'cdbirrOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbirrPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'cdbirrPubliclyAccessible' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbirrStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbirrTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +createDBInstanceReadReplica :: Text -- ^ 'cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> CreateDBInstanceReadReplica +createDBInstanceReadReplica p1 p2 = CreateDBInstanceReadReplica + { _cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 + , _cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = p2 + , _cdbirrDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _cdbirrAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _cdbirrPort = Nothing + , _cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _cdbirrIops = Nothing + , _cdbirrOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _cdbirrPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _cdbirrTags = mempty + , _cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _cdbirrStorageType = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates that minor engine upgrades will be applied automatically to the +-- read replica during the maintenance window. Default: Inherits from the +-- source DB instance. +cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Bool) +cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = + lens _cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + (\s a -> s { _cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a }) + +-- | The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone that the read replica will be created +-- in. Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's +-- region. Example: us-east-1d. +cdbirrAvailabilityZone :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) +cdbirrAvailabilityZone = + lens _cdbirrAvailabilityZone (\s a -> s { _cdbirrAvailabilityZone = a }) + +-- | The compute and memory capacity of the read replica. Valid Values: +-- db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge | db.m2.xlarge +-- |db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large | +-- db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge +-- | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | +-- db.t2.medium Default: Inherits from the source DB instance. +cdbirrDBInstanceClass :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) +cdbirrDBInstanceClass = + lens _cdbirrDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _cdbirrDBInstanceClass = a }) + +-- | The DB instance identifier of the read replica. This is the unique key +-- that identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase +-- string. +cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica Text +cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Specifies a DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance will +-- be created in the VPC associated with the DB subnet group. If no DB +-- subnet group is specified, then the new DB instance is not created in a +-- VPC. Constraints: Can only be specified if the source DB instance +-- identifier specifies a DB instance in another region. The specified DB +-- subnet group must be in the same region in which the operation is +-- running. All read replicas in one region that are created from the same +-- source DB instance must either: Specify DB subnet groups from the same +-- VPC. All these read replicas will be created in the same VPC. Not specify +-- a DB subnet group. All these read replicas will be created outside of any +-- VPC. +cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) +cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName = + lens _cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName (\s a -> s { _cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName = a }) + +-- | The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be +-- initially allocated for the DB instance. +cdbirrIops :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Int) +cdbirrIops = lens _cdbirrIops (\s a -> s { _cdbirrIops = a }) + +-- | The option group the DB instance will be associated with. If omitted, the +-- default option group for the engine specified will be used. +cdbirrOptionGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) +cdbirrOptionGroupName = + lens _cdbirrOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _cdbirrOptionGroupName = a }) + +-- | The port number that the DB instance uses for connections. Default: +-- Inherits from the source DB instance Valid Values: 1150-65535. +cdbirrPort :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Int) +cdbirrPort = lens _cdbirrPort (\s a -> s { _cdbirrPort = a }) + +-- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true +-- specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS +-- name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies +-- an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP +-- address. Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC +-- has been requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior +-- in each case. Default VPC:true VPC:false If no DB subnet group has been +-- specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not +-- been set, the DB instance will be publicly accessible. If a specific DB +-- subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the +-- PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be +-- private. +cdbirrPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Bool) +cdbirrPubliclyAccessible = + lens _cdbirrPubliclyAccessible + (\s a -> s { _cdbirrPubliclyAccessible = a }) + +-- | The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the +-- read replica. Each DB instance can have up to five read replicas. +-- Constraints: Must be the identifier of an existing DB instance. Can +-- specify a DB instance that is a read replica only if the source is +-- running MySQL 5.6. The specified DB instance must have automatic backups +-- enabled, its backup retention period must be greater than 0. If the +-- source DB instance is in the same region as the read replica, specify a +-- valid DB instance identifier. If the source DB instance is in a different +-- region than the read replica, specify a valid DB instance ARN. For more +-- information, go to Constructing a Amazon RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN). +cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica Text +cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Specifies storage type to be associated with the DB Instance read +-- replica. Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 If you specify io1, you must +-- also include a value for the Iops parameter. +cdbirrStorageType :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) +cdbirrStorageType = + lens _cdbirrStorageType (\s a -> s { _cdbirrStorageType = a }) + +cdbirrTags :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica [Tag] +cdbirrTags = lens _cdbirrTags (\s a -> s { _cdbirrTags = a }) . _List + +newtype CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse = CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse + { _cdbirrrDBInstance :: Maybe DBInstance + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cdbirrrDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBInstance' +-- +createDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse :: CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse +createDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse = CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse + { _cdbirrrDBInstance = Nothing + } + +cdbirrrDBInstance :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse (Maybe DBInstance) +cdbirrrDBInstance = + lens _cdbirrrDBInstance (\s a -> s { _cdbirrrDBInstance = a }) + +instance ToPath CreateDBInstanceReadReplica where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateDBInstanceReadReplica where + toQuery CreateDBInstanceReadReplica{..} = mconcat + [ "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =? _cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , "AvailabilityZone" =? _cdbirrAvailabilityZone + , "DBInstanceClass" =? _cdbirrDBInstanceClass + , "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier + , "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName + , "Iops" =? _cdbirrIops + , "OptionGroupName" =? _cdbirrOptionGroupName + , "Port" =? _cdbirrPort + , "PubliclyAccessible" =? _cdbirrPubliclyAccessible + , "SourceDBInstanceIdentifier" =? _cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier + , "StorageType" =? _cdbirrStorageType + , "Tags" =? _cdbirrTags + ] + +instance ToHeaders CreateDBInstanceReadReplica + +instance AWSRequest CreateDBInstanceReadReplica where + type Sv CreateDBInstanceReadReplica = RDS + type Rs CreateDBInstanceReadReplica = CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse + + request = post "CreateDBInstanceReadReplica" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResult" $ \x -> CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse + <$> x .@? "DBInstance" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBParameterGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBParameterGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBParameterGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates a new DB parameter group. A DB parameter group is initially created +-- with the default parameters for the database engine used by the DB +-- instance. To provide custom values for any of the parameters, you must +-- modify the group after creating it using ModifyDBParameterGroup. Once +-- you've created a DB parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB +-- instance using ModifyDBInstance. When you associate a new DB parameter +-- group with a running DB instance, you need to reboot the DB instance +-- without failover for the new DB parameter group and associated settings to +-- take effect. After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at +-- least 5 minutes before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB +-- parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to +-- fully complete the create action before the parameter group is used as the +-- default for a new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters +-- that are critical when creating the default database for a DB instance, +-- such as the character set for the default database defined by the +-- character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option +-- of the Amazon RDS console or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify +-- that your DB parameter group has been created or modified. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBParameterGroup + ( + -- * Request + CreateDBParameterGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , createDBParameterGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily + , cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName + , cdbpg1Description + , cdbpg1Tags + + -- * Response + , CreateDBParameterGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , createDBParameterGroupResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , cdbpgrDBParameterGroup + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CreateDBParameterGroup = CreateDBParameterGroup + { _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily :: Text + , _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName :: Text + , _cdbpg1Description :: Text + , _cdbpg1Tags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateDBParameterGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbpg1Description' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbpg1Tags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +createDBParameterGroup :: Text -- ^ 'cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbpg1Description' + -> CreateDBParameterGroup +createDBParameterGroup p1 p2 p3 = CreateDBParameterGroup + { _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName = p1 + , _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily = p2 + , _cdbpg1Description = p3 + , _cdbpg1Tags = mempty + } + +-- | The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be +-- associated with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be +-- applied only to a DB instance running a database engine and engine +-- version compatible with that DB parameter group family. +cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroup Text +cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily = + lens _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily + (\s a -> s { _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily = a }) + +-- | The name of the DB parameter group. Constraints: Must be 1 to 255 +-- alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with +-- a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroup Text +cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName = + lens _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName + (\s a -> s { _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | The description for the DB parameter group. +cdbpg1Description :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroup Text +cdbpg1Description = + lens _cdbpg1Description (\s a -> s { _cdbpg1Description = a }) + +cdbpg1Tags :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroup [Tag] +cdbpg1Tags = lens _cdbpg1Tags (\s a -> s { _cdbpg1Tags = a }) . _List + +newtype CreateDBParameterGroupResponse = CreateDBParameterGroupResponse + { _cdbpgrDBParameterGroup :: Maybe DBParameterGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateDBParameterGroupResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cdbpgrDBParameterGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBParameterGroup' +-- +createDBParameterGroupResponse :: CreateDBParameterGroupResponse +createDBParameterGroupResponse = CreateDBParameterGroupResponse + { _cdbpgrDBParameterGroup = Nothing + } + +cdbpgrDBParameterGroup :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroupResponse (Maybe DBParameterGroup) +cdbpgrDBParameterGroup = + lens _cdbpgrDBParameterGroup (\s a -> s { _cdbpgrDBParameterGroup = a }) + +instance ToPath CreateDBParameterGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateDBParameterGroup where + toQuery CreateDBParameterGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "DBParameterGroupFamily" =? _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily + , "DBParameterGroupName" =? _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName + , "Description" =? _cdbpg1Description + , "Tags" =? _cdbpg1Tags + ] + +instance ToHeaders CreateDBParameterGroup + +instance AWSRequest CreateDBParameterGroup where + type Sv CreateDBParameterGroup = RDS + type Rs CreateDBParameterGroup = CreateDBParameterGroupResponse + + request = post "CreateDBParameterGroup" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CreateDBParameterGroupResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CreateDBParameterGroupResult" $ \x -> CreateDBParameterGroupResponse + <$> x .@? "DBParameterGroup" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSecurityGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSecurityGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSecurityGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSecurityGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates a new DB security group. DB security groups control access to a DB +-- instance. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSecurityGroup + ( + -- * Request + CreateDBSecurityGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , createDBSecurityGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription + , cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName + , cdbsgTags + + -- * Response + , CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , createDBSecurityGroupResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , cdbsgrDBSecurityGroup + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CreateDBSecurityGroup = CreateDBSecurityGroup + { _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription :: Text + , _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Text + , _cdbsgTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateDBSecurityGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbsgTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +createDBSecurityGroup :: Text -- ^ 'cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription' + -> CreateDBSecurityGroup +createDBSecurityGroup p1 p2 = CreateDBSecurityGroup + { _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName = p1 + , _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = p2 + , _cdbsgTags = mempty + } + +-- | The description for the DB security group. +cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroup Text +cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = + lens _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription + (\s a -> s { _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = a }) + +-- | The name for the DB security group. This value is stored as a lowercase +-- string. Constraints: Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First +-- character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two +-- consecutive hyphens Must not be "Default" May not contain spaces Example: +-- mysecuritygroup. +cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroup Text +cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName = + lens _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName = a }) + +cdbsgTags :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroup [Tag] +cdbsgTags = lens _cdbsgTags (\s a -> s { _cdbsgTags = a }) . _List + +newtype CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse = CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse + { _cdbsgrDBSecurityGroup :: Maybe DBSecurityGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cdbsgrDBSecurityGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSecurityGroup' +-- +createDBSecurityGroupResponse :: CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse +createDBSecurityGroupResponse = CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse + { _cdbsgrDBSecurityGroup = Nothing + } + +cdbsgrDBSecurityGroup :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse (Maybe DBSecurityGroup) +cdbsgrDBSecurityGroup = + lens _cdbsgrDBSecurityGroup (\s a -> s { _cdbsgrDBSecurityGroup = a }) + +instance ToPath CreateDBSecurityGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateDBSecurityGroup where + toQuery CreateDBSecurityGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "DBSecurityGroupDescription" =? _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription + , "DBSecurityGroupName" =? _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName + , "Tags" =? _cdbsgTags + ] + +instance ToHeaders CreateDBSecurityGroup + +instance AWSRequest CreateDBSecurityGroup where + type Sv CreateDBSecurityGroup = RDS + type Rs CreateDBSecurityGroup = CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse + + request = post "CreateDBSecurityGroup" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CreateDBSecurityGroupResult" $ \x -> CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse + <$> x .@? "DBSecurityGroup" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSnapshot.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSnapshot.hs @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSnapshot +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates a DBSnapshot. The source DBInstance must be in "available" state. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSnapshot + ( + -- * Request + CreateDBSnapshot + -- ** Request constructor + , createDBSnapshot + -- ** Request lenses + , cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier + , cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier + , cdbs1Tags + + -- * Response + , CreateDBSnapshotResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , createDBSnapshotResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , cdbsr1DBSnapshot + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CreateDBSnapshot = CreateDBSnapshot + { _cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier :: Text + , _cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier :: Text + , _cdbs1Tags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateDBSnapshot' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbs1Tags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +createDBSnapshot :: Text -- ^ 'cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier' + -> CreateDBSnapshot +createDBSnapshot p1 p2 = CreateDBSnapshot + { _cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier = p1 + , _cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier = p2 + , _cdbs1Tags = mempty + } + +-- | The DB instance identifier. This is the unique key that identifies a DB +-- instance. Constraints: Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters +-- or hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or +-- contain two consecutive hyphens. +cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshot Text +cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The identifier for the DB snapshot. Constraints: Cannot be null, empty, +-- or blank Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two +-- consecutive hyphens Example: my-snapshot-id. +cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshot Text +cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier = + lens _cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +cdbs1Tags :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshot [Tag] +cdbs1Tags = lens _cdbs1Tags (\s a -> s { _cdbs1Tags = a }) . _List + +newtype CreateDBSnapshotResponse = CreateDBSnapshotResponse + { _cdbsr1DBSnapshot :: Maybe DBSnapshot + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateDBSnapshotResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cdbsr1DBSnapshot' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSnapshot' +-- +createDBSnapshotResponse :: CreateDBSnapshotResponse +createDBSnapshotResponse = CreateDBSnapshotResponse + { _cdbsr1DBSnapshot = Nothing + } + +cdbsr1DBSnapshot :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBSnapshot) +cdbsr1DBSnapshot = lens _cdbsr1DBSnapshot (\s a -> s { _cdbsr1DBSnapshot = a }) + +instance ToPath CreateDBSnapshot where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateDBSnapshot where + toQuery CreateDBSnapshot{..} = mconcat + [ "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier + , "DBSnapshotIdentifier" =? _cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier + , "Tags" =? _cdbs1Tags + ] + +instance ToHeaders CreateDBSnapshot + +instance AWSRequest CreateDBSnapshot where + type Sv CreateDBSnapshot = RDS + type Rs CreateDBSnapshot = CreateDBSnapshotResponse + + request = post "CreateDBSnapshot" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CreateDBSnapshotResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CreateDBSnapshotResult" $ \x -> CreateDBSnapshotResponse + <$> x .@? "DBSnapshot" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSubnetGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSubnetGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSubnetGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSubnetGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one +-- subnet in at least two AZs in the region. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSubnetGroup + ( + -- * Request + CreateDBSubnetGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , createDBSubnetGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription + , cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName + , cdbsg1SubnetIds + , cdbsg1Tags + + -- * Response + , CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , createDBSubnetGroupResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , cdbsgrDBSubnetGroup + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CreateDBSubnetGroup = CreateDBSubnetGroup + { _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription :: Text + , _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName :: Text + , _cdbsg1SubnetIds :: List "SubnetIdentifier" Text + , _cdbsg1Tags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateDBSubnetGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cdbsg1SubnetIds' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'cdbsg1Tags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +createDBSubnetGroup :: Text -- ^ 'cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription' + -> CreateDBSubnetGroup +createDBSubnetGroup p1 p2 = CreateDBSubnetGroup + { _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = p1 + , _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription = p2 + , _cdbsg1SubnetIds = mempty + , _cdbsg1Tags = mempty + } + +-- | The description for the DB subnet group. +cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroup Text +cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription = + lens _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription + (\s a -> s { _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription = a }) + +-- | The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase +-- string. Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric +-- characters or hyphens. Must not be "Default". Example: mySubnetgroup. +cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroup Text +cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = + lens _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName (\s a -> s { _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = a }) + +-- | The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. +cdbsg1SubnetIds :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroup [Text] +cdbsg1SubnetIds = lens _cdbsg1SubnetIds (\s a -> s { _cdbsg1SubnetIds = a }) . _List + +cdbsg1Tags :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroup [Tag] +cdbsg1Tags = lens _cdbsg1Tags (\s a -> s { _cdbsg1Tags = a }) . _List + +newtype CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse = CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse + { _cdbsgrDBSubnetGroup :: Maybe DBSubnetGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cdbsgrDBSubnetGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSubnetGroup' +-- +createDBSubnetGroupResponse :: CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse +createDBSubnetGroupResponse = CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse + { _cdbsgrDBSubnetGroup = Nothing + } + +cdbsgrDBSubnetGroup :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse (Maybe DBSubnetGroup) +cdbsgrDBSubnetGroup = + lens _cdbsgrDBSubnetGroup (\s a -> s { _cdbsgrDBSubnetGroup = a }) + +instance ToPath CreateDBSubnetGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateDBSubnetGroup where + toQuery CreateDBSubnetGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "DBSubnetGroupDescription" =? _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription + , "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName + , "SubnetIds" =? _cdbsg1SubnetIds + , "Tags" =? _cdbsg1Tags + ] + +instance ToHeaders CreateDBSubnetGroup + +instance AWSRequest CreateDBSubnetGroup where + type Sv CreateDBSubnetGroup = RDS + type Rs CreateDBSubnetGroup = CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse + + request = post "CreateDBSubnetGroup" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CreateDBSubnetGroupResult" $ \x -> CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse + <$> x .@? "DBSubnetGroup" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateEventSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateEventSubscription.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateEventSubscription.hs @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateEventSubscription +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates an RDS event notification subscription. This action requires a +-- topic ARN (Amazon Resource Name) created by either the RDS console, the SNS +-- console, or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic +-- in Amazon SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS +-- console. You can specify the type of source (SourceType) you want to be +-- notified of, provide a list of RDS sources (SourceIds) that triggers the +-- events, and provide a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events +-- you want to be notified of. For example, you can specify SourceType = +-- db-instance, SourceIds = mydbinstance1, mydbinstance2 and EventCategories = +-- Availability, Backup. If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, +-- such as SourceType = db-instance and SourceIdentifier = myDBInstance1, you +-- will be notified of all the db-instance events for the specified source. If +-- you specify a SourceType but do not specify a SourceIdentifier, you will +-- receive notice of the events for that source type for all your RDS sources. +-- If you do not specify either the SourceType nor the SourceIdentifier, you +-- will be notified of events generated from all RDS sources belonging to your +-- customer account. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateEventSubscription + ( + -- * Request + CreateEventSubscription + -- ** Request constructor + , createEventSubscription + -- ** Request lenses + , cesEnabled + , cesEventCategories + , cesSnsTopicArn + , cesSourceIds + , cesSourceType + , cesSubscriptionName + , cesTags + + -- * Response + , CreateEventSubscriptionResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , createEventSubscriptionResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , cesrEventSubscription + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CreateEventSubscription = CreateEventSubscription + { _cesEnabled :: Maybe Bool + , _cesEventCategories :: List "EventCategory" Text + , _cesSnsTopicArn :: Text + , _cesSourceIds :: List "SourceId" Text + , _cesSourceType :: Maybe Text + , _cesSubscriptionName :: Text + , _cesTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateEventSubscription' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cesEnabled' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'cesEventCategories' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'cesSnsTopicArn' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cesSourceIds' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'cesSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cesSubscriptionName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cesTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +createEventSubscription :: Text -- ^ 'cesSubscriptionName' + -> Text -- ^ 'cesSnsTopicArn' + -> CreateEventSubscription +createEventSubscription p1 p2 = CreateEventSubscription + { _cesSubscriptionName = p1 + , _cesSnsTopicArn = p2 + , _cesSourceType = Nothing + , _cesEventCategories = mempty + , _cesSourceIds = mempty + , _cesEnabled = Nothing + , _cesTags = mempty + } + +-- | A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, set to false +-- to create the subscription but not active it. +cesEnabled :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription (Maybe Bool) +cesEnabled = lens _cesEnabled (\s a -> s { _cesEnabled = a }) + +-- | A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe +-- to. You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the +-- Events topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the +-- DescribeEventCategories action. +cesEventCategories :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription [Text] +cesEventCategories = + lens _cesEventCategories (\s a -> s { _cesEventCategories = a }) + . _List + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event +-- notification. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic +-- and subscribe to it. +cesSnsTopicArn :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription Text +cesSnsTopicArn = lens _cesSnsTopicArn (\s a -> s { _cesSnsTopicArn = a }) + +-- | The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events will be +-- returned. If not specified, then all sources are included in the +-- response. An identifier must begin with a letter and must contain only +-- ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it cannot end with a hyphen or +-- contain two consecutive hyphens. Constraints: If SourceIds are supplied, +-- SourceType must also be provided. If the source type is a DB instance, +-- then a DBInstanceIdentifier must be supplied. If the source type is a DB +-- security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must be supplied. If the source +-- type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must be supplied. If +-- the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be +-- supplied. +cesSourceIds :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription [Text] +cesSourceIds = lens _cesSourceIds (\s a -> s { _cesSourceIds = a }) . _List + +-- | The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if +-- you want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would +-- set this parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all +-- events are returned. Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | +-- db-security-group | db-snapshot. +cesSourceType :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription (Maybe Text) +cesSourceType = lens _cesSourceType (\s a -> s { _cesSourceType = a }) + +-- | The name of the subscription. Constraints: The name must be less than 255 +-- characters. +cesSubscriptionName :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription Text +cesSubscriptionName = + lens _cesSubscriptionName (\s a -> s { _cesSubscriptionName = a }) + +cesTags :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription [Tag] +cesTags = lens _cesTags (\s a -> s { _cesTags = a }) . _List + +newtype CreateEventSubscriptionResponse = CreateEventSubscriptionResponse + { _cesrEventSubscription :: Maybe EventSubscription + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateEventSubscriptionResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cesrEventSubscription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'EventSubscription' +-- +createEventSubscriptionResponse :: CreateEventSubscriptionResponse +createEventSubscriptionResponse = CreateEventSubscriptionResponse + { _cesrEventSubscription = Nothing + } + +cesrEventSubscription :: Lens' CreateEventSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) +cesrEventSubscription = + lens _cesrEventSubscription (\s a -> s { _cesrEventSubscription = a }) + +instance ToPath CreateEventSubscription where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateEventSubscription where + toQuery CreateEventSubscription{..} = mconcat + [ "Enabled" =? _cesEnabled + , "EventCategories" =? _cesEventCategories + , "SnsTopicArn" =? _cesSnsTopicArn + , "SourceIds" =? _cesSourceIds + , "SourceType" =? _cesSourceType + , "SubscriptionName" =? _cesSubscriptionName + , "Tags" =? _cesTags + ] + +instance ToHeaders CreateEventSubscription + +instance AWSRequest CreateEventSubscription where + type Sv CreateEventSubscription = RDS + type Rs CreateEventSubscription = CreateEventSubscriptionResponse + + request = post "CreateEventSubscription" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CreateEventSubscriptionResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CreateEventSubscriptionResult" $ \x -> CreateEventSubscriptionResponse + <$> x .@? "EventSubscription" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateOptionGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateOptionGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateOptionGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateOptionGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates a new option group. You can create up to 20 option groups. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateOptionGroup + ( + -- * Request + CreateOptionGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , createOptionGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , cogEngineName + , cogMajorEngineVersion + , cogOptionGroupDescription + , cogOptionGroupName + , cogTags + + -- * Response + , CreateOptionGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , createOptionGroupResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , cogr1OptionGroup + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data CreateOptionGroup = CreateOptionGroup + { _cogEngineName :: Text + , _cogMajorEngineVersion :: Text + , _cogOptionGroupDescription :: Text + , _cogOptionGroupName :: Text + , _cogTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateOptionGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cogEngineName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cogMajorEngineVersion' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cogOptionGroupDescription' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cogOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'cogTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +createOptionGroup :: Text -- ^ 'cogOptionGroupName' + -> Text -- ^ 'cogEngineName' + -> Text -- ^ 'cogMajorEngineVersion' + -> Text -- ^ 'cogOptionGroupDescription' + -> CreateOptionGroup +createOptionGroup p1 p2 p3 p4 = CreateOptionGroup + { _cogOptionGroupName = p1 + , _cogEngineName = p2 + , _cogMajorEngineVersion = p3 + , _cogOptionGroupDescription = p4 + , _cogTags = mempty + } + +-- | Specifies the name of the engine that this option group should be +-- associated with. +cogEngineName :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup Text +cogEngineName = lens _cogEngineName (\s a -> s { _cogEngineName = a }) + +-- | Specifies the major version of the engine that this option group should +-- be associated with. +cogMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup Text +cogMajorEngineVersion = + lens _cogMajorEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _cogMajorEngineVersion = a }) + +-- | The description of the option group. +cogOptionGroupDescription :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup Text +cogOptionGroupDescription = + lens _cogOptionGroupDescription + (\s a -> s { _cogOptionGroupDescription = a }) + +-- | Specifies the name of the option group to be created. Constraints: Must +-- be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must be a +-- letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- Example: myoptiongroup. +cogOptionGroupName :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup Text +cogOptionGroupName = + lens _cogOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _cogOptionGroupName = a }) + +cogTags :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup [Tag] +cogTags = lens _cogTags (\s a -> s { _cogTags = a }) . _List + +newtype CreateOptionGroupResponse = CreateOptionGroupResponse + { _cogr1OptionGroup :: Maybe OptionGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'CreateOptionGroupResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'cogr1OptionGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'OptionGroup' +-- +createOptionGroupResponse :: CreateOptionGroupResponse +createOptionGroupResponse = CreateOptionGroupResponse + { _cogr1OptionGroup = Nothing + } + +cogr1OptionGroup :: Lens' CreateOptionGroupResponse (Maybe OptionGroup) +cogr1OptionGroup = lens _cogr1OptionGroup (\s a -> s { _cogr1OptionGroup = a }) + +instance ToPath CreateOptionGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateOptionGroup where + toQuery CreateOptionGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "EngineName" =? _cogEngineName + , "MajorEngineVersion" =? _cogMajorEngineVersion + , "OptionGroupDescription" =? _cogOptionGroupDescription + , "OptionGroupName" =? _cogOptionGroupName + , "Tags" =? _cogTags + ] + +instance ToHeaders CreateOptionGroup + +instance AWSRequest CreateOptionGroup where + type Sv CreateOptionGroup = RDS + type Rs CreateOptionGroup = CreateOptionGroupResponse + + request = post "CreateOptionGroup" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML CreateOptionGroupResponse where + parseXML = withElement "CreateOptionGroupResult" $ \x -> CreateOptionGroupResponse + <$> x .@? "OptionGroup" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBInstance.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBInstance.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBInstance.hs @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBInstance +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance. A +-- successful response from the web service indicates the request was received +-- correctly. When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that +-- instance are deleted and cannot be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the DB +-- instance to be deleted are not deleted. If a final DB snapshot is requested +-- the status of the RDS instance will be "deleting" until the DB snapshot is +-- created. The API action DescribeDBInstance is used to monitor the status of +-- this operation. The action cannot be canceled or reverted once submitted. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBInstance + ( + -- * Request + DeleteDBInstance + -- ** Request constructor + , deleteDBInstance + -- ** Request lenses + , ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier + , ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier + , ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot + + -- * Response + , DeleteDBInstanceResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , deleteDBInstanceResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ddbirDBInstance + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DeleteDBInstance = DeleteDBInstance + { _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text + , _ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot :: Maybe Bool + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DeleteDBInstance' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +deleteDBInstance :: Text -- ^ 'ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> DeleteDBInstance +deleteDBInstance p1 = DeleteDBInstance + { _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 + , _ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot = Nothing + , _ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + } + +-- | The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This +-- parameter isn't case sensitive. Constraints: Must contain from 1 to 63 +-- alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must be a letter +-- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBInstance Text +ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when +-- SkipFinalSnapshot is set to false. Constraints: Must be 1 to 255 +-- alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with +-- a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Cannot be specified when +-- deleting a read replica. +ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBInstance (Maybe Text) +ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = + lens _ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Determines whether a final DB snapshot is created before the DB instance +-- is deleted. If true is specified, no DBSnapshot is created. If false is +-- specified, a DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is deleted. +-- Specify true when deleting a read replica. Default: false. +ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot :: Lens' DeleteDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot = + lens _ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot (\s a -> s { _ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot = a }) + +newtype DeleteDBInstanceResponse = DeleteDBInstanceResponse + { _ddbirDBInstance :: Maybe DBInstance + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DeleteDBInstanceResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbirDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBInstance' +-- +deleteDBInstanceResponse :: DeleteDBInstanceResponse +deleteDBInstanceResponse = DeleteDBInstanceResponse + { _ddbirDBInstance = Nothing + } + +ddbirDBInstance :: Lens' DeleteDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) +ddbirDBInstance = lens _ddbirDBInstance (\s a -> s { _ddbirDBInstance = a }) + +instance ToPath DeleteDBInstance where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteDBInstance where + toQuery DeleteDBInstance{..} = mconcat + [ "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier + , "FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier" =? _ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier + , "SkipFinalSnapshot" =? _ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot + ] + +instance ToHeaders DeleteDBInstance + +instance AWSRequest DeleteDBInstance where + type Sv DeleteDBInstance = RDS + type Rs DeleteDBInstance = DeleteDBInstanceResponse + + request = post "DeleteDBInstance" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DeleteDBInstanceResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DeleteDBInstanceResult" $ \x -> DeleteDBInstanceResponse + <$> x .@? "DBInstance" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBParameterGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBParameterGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBParameterGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Deletes a specified DBParameterGroup. The DBParameterGroup to be deleted +-- cannot be associated with any DB instances. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBParameterGroup + ( + -- * Request + DeleteDBParameterGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , deleteDBParameterGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName + + -- * Response + , DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , deleteDBParameterGroupResponse + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype DeleteDBParameterGroup = DeleteDBParameterGroup + { _ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'DeleteDBParameterGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +deleteDBParameterGroup :: Text -- ^ 'ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName' + -> DeleteDBParameterGroup +deleteDBParameterGroup p1 = DeleteDBParameterGroup + { _ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName = p1 + } + +-- | The name of the DB parameter group. Constraints: Must be the name of an +-- existing DB parameter group You cannot delete a default DB parameter +-- group Cannot be associated with any DB instances. +ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DeleteDBParameterGroup Text +ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName = + lens _ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName + (\s a -> s { _ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName = a }) + +data DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse = DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse + deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Generic) + +-- | 'DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse' constructor. +deleteDBParameterGroupResponse :: DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse +deleteDBParameterGroupResponse = DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse + +instance ToPath DeleteDBParameterGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteDBParameterGroup where + toQuery DeleteDBParameterGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "DBParameterGroupName" =? _ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName + ] + +instance ToHeaders DeleteDBParameterGroup + +instance AWSRequest DeleteDBParameterGroup where + type Sv DeleteDBParameterGroup = RDS + type Rs DeleteDBParameterGroup = DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse + + request = post "DeleteDBParameterGroup" + response = nullResponse DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSecurityGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSecurityGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSecurityGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSecurityGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Deletes a DB security group. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSecurityGroup + ( + -- * Request + DeleteDBSecurityGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , deleteDBSecurityGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName + + -- * Response + , DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , deleteDBSecurityGroupResponse + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype DeleteDBSecurityGroup = DeleteDBSecurityGroup + { _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'DeleteDBSecurityGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +deleteDBSecurityGroup :: Text -- ^ 'ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName' + -> DeleteDBSecurityGroup +deleteDBSecurityGroup p1 = DeleteDBSecurityGroup + { _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName = p1 + } + +-- | The name of the DB security group to delete. Constraints: Must be 1 to +-- 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end +-- with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Must not be "Default" +-- May not contain spaces. +ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DeleteDBSecurityGroup Text +ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName = + lens _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName = a }) + +data DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse = DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse + deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Generic) + +-- | 'DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse' constructor. +deleteDBSecurityGroupResponse :: DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse +deleteDBSecurityGroupResponse = DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse + +instance ToPath DeleteDBSecurityGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteDBSecurityGroup where + toQuery DeleteDBSecurityGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "DBSecurityGroupName" =? _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName + ] + +instance ToHeaders DeleteDBSecurityGroup + +instance AWSRequest DeleteDBSecurityGroup where + type Sv DeleteDBSecurityGroup = RDS + type Rs DeleteDBSecurityGroup = DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse + + request = post "DeleteDBSecurityGroup" + response = nullResponse DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSnapshot.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSnapshot.hs @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSnapshot +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Deletes a DBSnapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation +-- is terminated. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSnapshot + ( + -- * Request + DeleteDBSnapshot + -- ** Request constructor + , deleteDBSnapshot + -- ** Request lenses + , ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier + + -- * Response + , DeleteDBSnapshotResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , deleteDBSnapshotResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ddbsrDBSnapshot + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype DeleteDBSnapshot = DeleteDBSnapshot + { _ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'DeleteDBSnapshot' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +deleteDBSnapshot :: Text -- ^ 'ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier' + -> DeleteDBSnapshot +deleteDBSnapshot p1 = DeleteDBSnapshot + { _ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier = p1 + } + +-- | The DBSnapshot identifier. Constraints: Must be the name of an existing +-- DB snapshot in the available state. +ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBSnapshot Text +ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier = + lens _ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +newtype DeleteDBSnapshotResponse = DeleteDBSnapshotResponse + { _ddbsrDBSnapshot :: Maybe DBSnapshot + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DeleteDBSnapshotResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbsrDBSnapshot' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSnapshot' +-- +deleteDBSnapshotResponse :: DeleteDBSnapshotResponse +deleteDBSnapshotResponse = DeleteDBSnapshotResponse + { _ddbsrDBSnapshot = Nothing + } + +ddbsrDBSnapshot :: Lens' DeleteDBSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBSnapshot) +ddbsrDBSnapshot = lens _ddbsrDBSnapshot (\s a -> s { _ddbsrDBSnapshot = a }) + +instance ToPath DeleteDBSnapshot where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteDBSnapshot where + toQuery DeleteDBSnapshot{..} = mconcat + [ "DBSnapshotIdentifier" =? _ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier + ] + +instance ToHeaders DeleteDBSnapshot + +instance AWSRequest DeleteDBSnapshot where + type Sv DeleteDBSnapshot = RDS + type Rs DeleteDBSnapshot = DeleteDBSnapshotResponse + + request = post "DeleteDBSnapshot" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DeleteDBSnapshotResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DeleteDBSnapshotResult" $ \x -> DeleteDBSnapshotResponse + <$> x .@? "DBSnapshot" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSubnetGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSubnetGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSubnetGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSubnetGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Deletes a DB subnet group. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSubnetGroup + ( + -- * Request + DeleteDBSubnetGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , deleteDBSubnetGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName + + -- * Response + , DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , deleteDBSubnetGroupResponse + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype DeleteDBSubnetGroup = DeleteDBSubnetGroup + { _ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'DeleteDBSubnetGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +deleteDBSubnetGroup :: Text -- ^ 'ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName' + -> DeleteDBSubnetGroup +deleteDBSubnetGroup p1 = DeleteDBSubnetGroup + { _ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = p1 + } + +-- | The name of the database subnet group to delete. Constraints: Must be 1 +-- to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot +-- end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' DeleteDBSubnetGroup Text +ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = + lens _ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName (\s a -> s { _ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = a }) + +data DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse = DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse + deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Generic) + +-- | 'DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse' constructor. +deleteDBSubnetGroupResponse :: DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse +deleteDBSubnetGroupResponse = DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse + +instance ToPath DeleteDBSubnetGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteDBSubnetGroup where + toQuery DeleteDBSubnetGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName + ] + +instance ToHeaders DeleteDBSubnetGroup + +instance AWSRequest DeleteDBSubnetGroup where + type Sv DeleteDBSubnetGroup = RDS + type Rs DeleteDBSubnetGroup = DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse + + request = post "DeleteDBSubnetGroup" + response = nullResponse DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteEventSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteEventSubscription.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteEventSubscription.hs @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteEventSubscription +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Deletes an RDS event notification subscription. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteEventSubscription + ( + -- * Request + DeleteEventSubscription + -- ** Request constructor + , deleteEventSubscription + -- ** Request lenses + , desSubscriptionName + + -- * Response + , DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , deleteEventSubscriptionResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , desrEventSubscription + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype DeleteEventSubscription = DeleteEventSubscription + { _desSubscriptionName :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'DeleteEventSubscription' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'desSubscriptionName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +deleteEventSubscription :: Text -- ^ 'desSubscriptionName' + -> DeleteEventSubscription +deleteEventSubscription p1 = DeleteEventSubscription + { _desSubscriptionName = p1 + } + +-- | The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to delete. +desSubscriptionName :: Lens' DeleteEventSubscription Text +desSubscriptionName = + lens _desSubscriptionName (\s a -> s { _desSubscriptionName = a }) + +newtype DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse = DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse + { _desrEventSubscription :: Maybe EventSubscription + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'desrEventSubscription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'EventSubscription' +-- +deleteEventSubscriptionResponse :: DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse +deleteEventSubscriptionResponse = DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse + { _desrEventSubscription = Nothing + } + +desrEventSubscription :: Lens' DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) +desrEventSubscription = + lens _desrEventSubscription (\s a -> s { _desrEventSubscription = a }) + +instance ToPath DeleteEventSubscription where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteEventSubscription where + toQuery DeleteEventSubscription{..} = mconcat + [ "SubscriptionName" =? _desSubscriptionName + ] + +instance ToHeaders DeleteEventSubscription + +instance AWSRequest DeleteEventSubscription where + type Sv DeleteEventSubscription = RDS + type Rs DeleteEventSubscription = DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse + + request = post "DeleteEventSubscription" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DeleteEventSubscriptionResult" $ \x -> DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse + <$> x .@? "EventSubscription" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteOptionGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteOptionGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteOptionGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteOptionGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Deletes an existing option group. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteOptionGroup + ( + -- * Request + DeleteOptionGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , deleteOptionGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , dog1OptionGroupName + + -- * Response + , DeleteOptionGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , deleteOptionGroupResponse + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +newtype DeleteOptionGroup = DeleteOptionGroup + { _dog1OptionGroupName :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid, IsString) + +-- | 'DeleteOptionGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dog1OptionGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +deleteOptionGroup :: Text -- ^ 'dog1OptionGroupName' + -> DeleteOptionGroup +deleteOptionGroup p1 = DeleteOptionGroup + { _dog1OptionGroupName = p1 + } + +-- | The name of the option group to be deleted. +dog1OptionGroupName :: Lens' DeleteOptionGroup Text +dog1OptionGroupName = + lens _dog1OptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _dog1OptionGroupName = a }) + +data DeleteOptionGroupResponse = DeleteOptionGroupResponse + deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Generic) + +-- | 'DeleteOptionGroupResponse' constructor. +deleteOptionGroupResponse :: DeleteOptionGroupResponse +deleteOptionGroupResponse = DeleteOptionGroupResponse + +instance ToPath DeleteOptionGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteOptionGroup where + toQuery DeleteOptionGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "OptionGroupName" =? _dog1OptionGroupName + ] + +instance ToHeaders DeleteOptionGroup + +instance AWSRequest DeleteOptionGroup where + type Sv DeleteOptionGroup = RDS + type Rs DeleteOptionGroup = DeleteOptionGroupResponse + + request = post "DeleteOptionGroup" + response = nullResponse DeleteOptionGroupResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBEngineVersions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBEngineVersions.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBEngineVersions.hs @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBEngineVersions +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns a list of the available DB engines. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBEngineVersions + ( + -- * Request + DescribeDBEngineVersions + -- ** Request constructor + , describeDBEngineVersions + -- ** Request lenses + , ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily + , ddbevDefaultOnly + , ddbevEngine + , ddbevEngineVersion + , ddbevFilters + , ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets + , ddbevMarker + , ddbevMaxRecords + + -- * Response + , DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeDBEngineVersionsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ddbevrDBEngineVersions + , ddbevrMarker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeDBEngineVersions = DescribeDBEngineVersions + { _ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily :: Maybe Text + , _ddbevDefaultOnly :: Maybe Bool + , _ddbevEngine :: Maybe Text + , _ddbevEngineVersion :: Maybe Text + , _ddbevFilters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets :: Maybe Bool + , _ddbevMarker :: Maybe Text + , _ddbevMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDBEngineVersions' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbevDefaultOnly' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'ddbevEngine' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbevEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbevFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'ddbevMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbevMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +describeDBEngineVersions :: DescribeDBEngineVersions +describeDBEngineVersions = DescribeDBEngineVersions + { _ddbevEngine = Nothing + , _ddbevEngineVersion = Nothing + , _ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _ddbevFilters = mempty + , _ddbevMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddbevMarker = Nothing + , _ddbevDefaultOnly = Nothing + , _ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for. +-- Constraints: Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character +-- must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive +-- hyphens. +ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Text) +ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily = + lens _ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily + (\s a -> s { _ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily = a }) + +-- | Indicates that only the default version of the specified engine or engine +-- and major version combination is returned. +ddbevDefaultOnly :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Bool) +ddbevDefaultOnly = lens _ddbevDefaultOnly (\s a -> s { _ddbevDefaultOnly = a }) + +-- | The database engine to return. +ddbevEngine :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Text) +ddbevEngine = lens _ddbevEngine (\s a -> s { _ddbevEngine = a }) + +-- | The database engine version to return. Example: 5.1.49. +ddbevEngineVersion :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Text) +ddbevEngineVersion = + lens _ddbevEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _ddbevEngineVersion = a }) + +-- | Not currently supported. +ddbevFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions [Filter] +ddbevFilters = lens _ddbevFilters (\s a -> s { _ddbevFilters = a }) . _List + +-- | If this parameter is specified, and if the requested engine supports the +-- CharacterSetName parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a +-- list of supported character sets for each engine version. +ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Bool) +ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets = + lens _ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets + (\s a -> s { _ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets = a }) + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +ddbevMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Text) +ddbevMarker = lens _ddbevMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbevMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than +-- the MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is +-- included in the response so that the following results can be retrieved. +-- Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddbevMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Int) +ddbevMaxRecords = lens _ddbevMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _ddbevMaxRecords = a }) + +data DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse = DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse + { _ddbevrDBEngineVersions :: List "DBEngineVersion" DBEngineVersion + , _ddbevrMarker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbevrDBEngineVersions' @::@ ['DBEngineVersion'] +-- +-- * 'ddbevrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeDBEngineVersionsResponse :: DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse +describeDBEngineVersionsResponse = DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse + { _ddbevrMarker = Nothing + , _ddbevrDBEngineVersions = mempty + } + +-- | A list of DBEngineVersion elements. +ddbevrDBEngineVersions :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse [DBEngineVersion] +ddbevrDBEngineVersions = + lens _ddbevrDBEngineVersions (\s a -> s { _ddbevrDBEngineVersions = a }) + . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +ddbevrMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse (Maybe Text) +ddbevrMarker = lens _ddbevrMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbevrMarker = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeDBEngineVersions where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeDBEngineVersions where + toQuery DescribeDBEngineVersions{..} = mconcat + [ "DBParameterGroupFamily" =? _ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily + , "DefaultOnly" =? _ddbevDefaultOnly + , "Engine" =? _ddbevEngine + , "EngineVersion" =? _ddbevEngineVersion + , "Filters" =? _ddbevFilters + , "ListSupportedCharacterSets" =? _ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets + , "Marker" =? _ddbevMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _ddbevMaxRecords + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBEngineVersions + +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBEngineVersions where + type Sv DescribeDBEngineVersions = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBEngineVersions = DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse + + request = post "DescribeDBEngineVersions" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeDBEngineVersionsResult" $ \x -> DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse + <$> x .@ "DBEngineVersions" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DescribeDBEngineVersions where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. ddbevMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & ddbevMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. ddbevrMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBInstances.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBInstances.hs @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns information about provisioned RDS instances. This API supports +-- pagination. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances + ( + -- * Request + DescribeDBInstances + -- ** Request constructor + , describeDBInstances + -- ** Request lenses + , ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier + , ddbi1Filters + , ddbi1Marker + , ddbi1MaxRecords + + -- * Response + , DescribeDBInstancesResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeDBInstancesResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ddbirDBInstances + , ddbirMarker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeDBInstances = DescribeDBInstances + { _ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _ddbi1Filters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _ddbi1Marker :: Maybe Text + , _ddbi1MaxRecords :: Maybe Int + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDBInstances' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbi1Filters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'ddbi1Marker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbi1MaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +describeDBInstances :: DescribeDBInstances +describeDBInstances = DescribeDBInstances + { _ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddbi1Filters = mempty + , _ddbi1MaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddbi1Marker = Nothing + } + +-- | The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, +-- information from only the specific DB instance is returned. This +-- parameter isn't case sensitive. Constraints: Must contain from 1 to 63 +-- alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must be a letter +-- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBInstances (Maybe Text) +ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +ddbi1Filters :: Lens' DescribeDBInstances [Filter] +ddbi1Filters = lens _ddbi1Filters (\s a -> s { _ddbi1Filters = a }) . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBInstances +-- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only +-- records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . +ddbi1Marker :: Lens' DescribeDBInstances (Maybe Text) +ddbi1Marker = lens _ddbi1Marker (\s a -> s { _ddbi1Marker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records +-- exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a +-- marker is included in the response so that the remaining results may be +-- retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddbi1MaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBInstances (Maybe Int) +ddbi1MaxRecords = lens _ddbi1MaxRecords (\s a -> s { _ddbi1MaxRecords = a }) + +data DescribeDBInstancesResponse = DescribeDBInstancesResponse + { _ddbirDBInstances :: List "DBInstance" DBInstance + , _ddbirMarker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDBInstancesResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbirDBInstances' @::@ ['DBInstance'] +-- +-- * 'ddbirMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeDBInstancesResponse :: DescribeDBInstancesResponse +describeDBInstancesResponse = DescribeDBInstancesResponse + { _ddbirMarker = Nothing + , _ddbirDBInstances = mempty + } + +-- | A list of DBInstance instances. +ddbirDBInstances :: Lens' DescribeDBInstancesResponse [DBInstance] +ddbirDBInstances = lens _ddbirDBInstances (\s a -> s { _ddbirDBInstances = a }) . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . +ddbirMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBInstancesResponse (Maybe Text) +ddbirMarker = lens _ddbirMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbirMarker = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeDBInstances where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeDBInstances where + toQuery DescribeDBInstances{..} = mconcat + [ "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier + , "Filters" =? _ddbi1Filters + , "Marker" =? _ddbi1Marker + , "MaxRecords" =? _ddbi1MaxRecords + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBInstances + +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBInstances where + type Sv DescribeDBInstances = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBInstances = DescribeDBInstancesResponse + + request = post "DescribeDBInstances" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeDBInstancesResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeDBInstancesResult" $ \x -> DescribeDBInstancesResponse + <$> x .@ "DBInstances" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DescribeDBInstances where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. ddbi1Marker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & ddbi1Marker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. ddbirMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBLogFiles.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBLogFiles.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBLogFiles.hs @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBLogFiles +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns a list of DB log files for the DB instance. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBLogFiles + ( + -- * Request + DescribeDBLogFiles + -- ** Request constructor + , describeDBLogFiles + -- ** Request lenses + , ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier + , ddblfFileLastWritten + , ddblfFileSize + , ddblfFilenameContains + , ddblfFilters + , ddblfMarker + , ddblfMaxRecords + + -- * Response + , DescribeDBLogFilesResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeDBLogFilesResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ddblfrDescribeDBLogFiles + , ddblfrMarker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeDBLogFiles = DescribeDBLogFiles + { _ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text + , _ddblfFileLastWritten :: Maybe Integer + , _ddblfFileSize :: Maybe Integer + , _ddblfFilenameContains :: Maybe Text + , _ddblfFilters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _ddblfMarker :: Maybe Text + , _ddblfMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDBLogFiles' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddblfFileLastWritten' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' +-- +-- * 'ddblfFileSize' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' +-- +-- * 'ddblfFilenameContains' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddblfFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'ddblfMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddblfMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +describeDBLogFiles :: Text -- ^ 'ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> DescribeDBLogFiles +describeDBLogFiles p1 = DescribeDBLogFiles + { _ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 + , _ddblfFilenameContains = Nothing + , _ddblfFileLastWritten = Nothing + , _ddblfFileSize = Nothing + , _ddblfFilters = mempty + , _ddblfMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddblfMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files +-- you want to list. Constraints: Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric +-- characters or hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a +-- hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles Text +ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Filters the available log files for files written since the specified +-- date, in POSIX timestamp format. +ddblfFileLastWritten :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Integer) +ddblfFileLastWritten = + lens _ddblfFileLastWritten (\s a -> s { _ddblfFileLastWritten = a }) + +-- | Filters the available log files for files larger than the specified size. +ddblfFileSize :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Integer) +ddblfFileSize = lens _ddblfFileSize (\s a -> s { _ddblfFileSize = a }) + +-- | Filters the available log files for log file names that contain the +-- specified string. +ddblfFilenameContains :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Text) +ddblfFilenameContains = + lens _ddblfFilenameContains (\s a -> s { _ddblfFilenameContains = a }) + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +ddblfFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles [Filter] +ddblfFilters = lens _ddblfFilters (\s a -> s { _ddblfFilters = a }) . _List + +-- | The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter +-- is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to +-- MaxRecords. +ddblfMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Text) +ddblfMarker = lens _ddblfMarker (\s a -> s { _ddblfMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records +-- exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a +-- marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be +-- retrieved. +ddblfMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Int) +ddblfMaxRecords = lens _ddblfMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _ddblfMaxRecords = a }) + +data DescribeDBLogFilesResponse = DescribeDBLogFilesResponse + { _ddblfrDescribeDBLogFiles :: List "DescribeDBLogFilesDetails" DescribeDBLogFilesDetails + , _ddblfrMarker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDBLogFilesResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddblfrDescribeDBLogFiles' @::@ ['DescribeDBLogFilesDetails'] +-- +-- * 'ddblfrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeDBLogFilesResponse :: DescribeDBLogFilesResponse +describeDBLogFilesResponse = DescribeDBLogFilesResponse + { _ddblfrDescribeDBLogFiles = mempty + , _ddblfrMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | The DB log files returned. +ddblfrDescribeDBLogFiles :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesResponse [DescribeDBLogFilesDetails] +ddblfrDescribeDBLogFiles = + lens _ddblfrDescribeDBLogFiles + (\s a -> s { _ddblfrDescribeDBLogFiles = a }) + . _List + +-- | A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBLogFiles +-- request. +ddblfrMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesResponse (Maybe Text) +ddblfrMarker = lens _ddblfrMarker (\s a -> s { _ddblfrMarker = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeDBLogFiles where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeDBLogFiles where + toQuery DescribeDBLogFiles{..} = mconcat + [ "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier + , "FileLastWritten" =? _ddblfFileLastWritten + , "FileSize" =? _ddblfFileSize + , "FilenameContains" =? _ddblfFilenameContains + , "Filters" =? _ddblfFilters + , "Marker" =? _ddblfMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _ddblfMaxRecords + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBLogFiles + +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBLogFiles where + type Sv DescribeDBLogFiles = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBLogFiles = DescribeDBLogFilesResponse + + request = post "DescribeDBLogFiles" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeDBLogFilesResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeDBLogFilesResult" $ \x -> DescribeDBLogFilesResponse + <$> x .@ "DescribeDBLogFiles" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DescribeDBLogFiles where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. ddblfMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & ddblfMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. ddblfrMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameterGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameterGroups.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameterGroups.hs @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameterGroups +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns a list of DBParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBParameterGroupName +-- is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified +-- DB parameter group. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameterGroups + ( + -- * Request + DescribeDBParameterGroups + -- ** Request constructor + , describeDBParameterGroups + -- ** Request lenses + , ddbpgDBParameterGroupName + , ddbpgFilters + , ddbpgMarker + , ddbpgMaxRecords + + -- * Response + , DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeDBParameterGroupsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ddbpgrDBParameterGroups + , ddbpgrMarker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeDBParameterGroups = DescribeDBParameterGroups + { _ddbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _ddbpgFilters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _ddbpgMarker :: Maybe Text + , _ddbpgMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDBParameterGroups' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbpgDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbpgFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'ddbpgMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbpgMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +describeDBParameterGroups :: DescribeDBParameterGroups +describeDBParameterGroups = DescribeDBParameterGroups + { _ddbpgDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _ddbpgFilters = mempty + , _ddbpgMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddbpgMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. +-- Constraints: Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character +-- must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive +-- hyphens. +ddbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroups (Maybe Text) +ddbpgDBParameterGroupName = + lens _ddbpgDBParameterGroupName + (\s a -> s { _ddbpgDBParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +ddbpgFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroups [Filter] +ddbpgFilters = lens _ddbpgFilters (\s a -> s { _ddbpgFilters = a }) . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- DescribeDBParameterGroups request. If this parameter is specified, the +-- response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value +-- specified by MaxRecords. +ddbpgMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroups (Maybe Text) +ddbpgMarker = lens _ddbpgMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbpgMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records +-- exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a +-- marker is included in the response so that the remaining results may be +-- retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddbpgMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroups (Maybe Int) +ddbpgMaxRecords = lens _ddbpgMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _ddbpgMaxRecords = a }) + +data DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse = DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse + { _ddbpgrDBParameterGroups :: List "DBParameterGroup" DBParameterGroup + , _ddbpgrMarker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbpgrDBParameterGroups' @::@ ['DBParameterGroup'] +-- +-- * 'ddbpgrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeDBParameterGroupsResponse :: DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse +describeDBParameterGroupsResponse = DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse + { _ddbpgrMarker = Nothing + , _ddbpgrDBParameterGroups = mempty + } + +-- | A list of DBParameterGroup instances. +ddbpgrDBParameterGroups :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse [DBParameterGroup] +ddbpgrDBParameterGroups = + lens _ddbpgrDBParameterGroups (\s a -> s { _ddbpgrDBParameterGroups = a }) + . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +ddbpgrMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) +ddbpgrMarker = lens _ddbpgrMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbpgrMarker = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeDBParameterGroups where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeDBParameterGroups where + toQuery DescribeDBParameterGroups{..} = mconcat + [ "DBParameterGroupName" =? _ddbpgDBParameterGroupName + , "Filters" =? _ddbpgFilters + , "Marker" =? _ddbpgMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _ddbpgMaxRecords + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBParameterGroups + +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBParameterGroups where + type Sv DescribeDBParameterGroups = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBParameterGroups = DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse + + request = post "DescribeDBParameterGroups" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeDBParameterGroupsResult" $ \x -> DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse + <$> x .@ "DBParameterGroups" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DescribeDBParameterGroups where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. ddbpgMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & ddbpgMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. ddbpgrMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameters.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameters.hs @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameters +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB parameter group. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameters + ( + -- * Request + DescribeDBParameters + -- ** Request constructor + , describeDBParameters + -- ** Request lenses + , ddbpDBParameterGroupName + , ddbpFilters + , ddbpMarker + , ddbpMaxRecords + , ddbpSource + + -- * Response + , DescribeDBParametersResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeDBParametersResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ddbprMarker + , ddbprParameters + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeDBParameters = DescribeDBParameters + { _ddbpDBParameterGroupName :: Text + , _ddbpFilters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _ddbpMarker :: Maybe Text + , _ddbpMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _ddbpSource :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDBParameters' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbpDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbpFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'ddbpMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbpMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'ddbpSource' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeDBParameters :: Text -- ^ 'ddbpDBParameterGroupName' + -> DescribeDBParameters +describeDBParameters p1 = DescribeDBParameters + { _ddbpDBParameterGroupName = p1 + , _ddbpSource = Nothing + , _ddbpFilters = mempty + , _ddbpMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddbpMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. +-- Constraints: Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character +-- must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive +-- hyphens. +ddbpDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters Text +ddbpDBParameterGroupName = + lens _ddbpDBParameterGroupName + (\s a -> s { _ddbpDBParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +ddbpFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters [Filter] +ddbpFilters = lens _ddbpFilters (\s a -> s { _ddbpFilters = a }) . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameters +-- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only +-- records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +ddbpMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters (Maybe Text) +ddbpMarker = lens _ddbpMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbpMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records +-- exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a +-- marker is included in the response so that the remaining results may be +-- retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddbpMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters (Maybe Int) +ddbpMaxRecords = lens _ddbpMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _ddbpMaxRecords = a }) + +-- | The parameter types to return. Default: All parameter types returned +-- Valid Values: user | system | engine-default. +ddbpSource :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters (Maybe Text) +ddbpSource = lens _ddbpSource (\s a -> s { _ddbpSource = a }) + +data DescribeDBParametersResponse = DescribeDBParametersResponse + { _ddbprMarker :: Maybe Text + , _ddbprParameters :: List "Parameter" Parameter + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDBParametersResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbprMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbprParameters' @::@ ['Parameter'] +-- +describeDBParametersResponse :: DescribeDBParametersResponse +describeDBParametersResponse = DescribeDBParametersResponse + { _ddbprParameters = mempty + , _ddbprMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +ddbprMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBParametersResponse (Maybe Text) +ddbprMarker = lens _ddbprMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbprMarker = a }) + +-- | A list of Parameter values. +ddbprParameters :: Lens' DescribeDBParametersResponse [Parameter] +ddbprParameters = lens _ddbprParameters (\s a -> s { _ddbprParameters = a }) . _List + +instance ToPath DescribeDBParameters where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeDBParameters where + toQuery DescribeDBParameters{..} = mconcat + [ "DBParameterGroupName" =? _ddbpDBParameterGroupName + , "Filters" =? _ddbpFilters + , "Marker" =? _ddbpMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _ddbpMaxRecords + , "Source" =? _ddbpSource + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBParameters + +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBParameters where + type Sv DescribeDBParameters = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBParameters = DescribeDBParametersResponse + + request = post "DescribeDBParameters" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeDBParametersResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeDBParametersResult" $ \x -> DescribeDBParametersResponse + <$> x .@? "Marker" + <*> x .@ "Parameters" + +instance AWSPager DescribeDBParameters where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. ddbpMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & ddbpMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. ddbprMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSecurityGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSecurityGroups.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSecurityGroups.hs @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSecurityGroups +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns a list of DBSecurityGroup descriptions. If a DBSecurityGroupName is +-- specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DB +-- security group. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSecurityGroups + ( + -- * Request + DescribeDBSecurityGroups + -- ** Request constructor + , describeDBSecurityGroups + -- ** Request lenses + , ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName + , ddbsg1Filters + , ddbsg1Marker + , ddbsg1MaxRecords + + -- * Response + , DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeDBSecurityGroupsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ddbsgr1DBSecurityGroups + , ddbsgr1Marker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeDBSecurityGroups = DescribeDBSecurityGroups + { _ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _ddbsg1Filters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _ddbsg1Marker :: Maybe Text + , _ddbsg1MaxRecords :: Maybe Int + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDBSecurityGroups' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbsg1Filters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'ddbsg1Marker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbsg1MaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +describeDBSecurityGroups :: DescribeDBSecurityGroups +describeDBSecurityGroups = DescribeDBSecurityGroups + { _ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _ddbsg1Filters = mempty + , _ddbsg1MaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddbsg1Marker = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the DB security group to return details for. +ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroups (Maybe Text) +ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName = + lens _ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName = a }) + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +ddbsg1Filters :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroups [Filter] +ddbsg1Filters = lens _ddbsg1Filters (\s a -> s { _ddbsg1Filters = a }) . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- DescribeDBSecurityGroups request. If this parameter is specified, the +-- response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value +-- specified by MaxRecords. +ddbsg1Marker :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroups (Maybe Text) +ddbsg1Marker = lens _ddbsg1Marker (\s a -> s { _ddbsg1Marker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records +-- exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a +-- marker is included in the response so that the remaining results may be +-- retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddbsg1MaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroups (Maybe Int) +ddbsg1MaxRecords = lens _ddbsg1MaxRecords (\s a -> s { _ddbsg1MaxRecords = a }) + +data DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse = DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse + { _ddbsgr1DBSecurityGroups :: List "DBSecurityGroup" DBSecurityGroup + , _ddbsgr1Marker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbsgr1DBSecurityGroups' @::@ ['DBSecurityGroup'] +-- +-- * 'ddbsgr1Marker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeDBSecurityGroupsResponse :: DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse +describeDBSecurityGroupsResponse = DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse + { _ddbsgr1Marker = Nothing + , _ddbsgr1DBSecurityGroups = mempty + } + +-- | A list of DBSecurityGroup instances. +ddbsgr1DBSecurityGroups :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse [DBSecurityGroup] +ddbsgr1DBSecurityGroups = + lens _ddbsgr1DBSecurityGroups (\s a -> s { _ddbsgr1DBSecurityGroups = a }) + . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +ddbsgr1Marker :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) +ddbsgr1Marker = lens _ddbsgr1Marker (\s a -> s { _ddbsgr1Marker = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeDBSecurityGroups where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeDBSecurityGroups where + toQuery DescribeDBSecurityGroups{..} = mconcat + [ "DBSecurityGroupName" =? _ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName + , "Filters" =? _ddbsg1Filters + , "Marker" =? _ddbsg1Marker + , "MaxRecords" =? _ddbsg1MaxRecords + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBSecurityGroups + +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBSecurityGroups where + type Sv DescribeDBSecurityGroups = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBSecurityGroups = DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse + + request = post "DescribeDBSecurityGroups" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResult" $ \x -> DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse + <$> x .@ "DBSecurityGroups" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DescribeDBSecurityGroups where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. ddbsg1Marker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & ddbsg1Marker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. ddbsgr1Marker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSnapshots.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSnapshots.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSnapshots.hs @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns information about DB snapshots. This API supports pagination. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots + ( + -- * Request + DescribeDBSnapshots + -- ** Request constructor + , describeDBSnapshots + -- ** Request lenses + , ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier + , ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier + , ddbsFilters + , ddbsMarker + , ddbsMaxRecords + , ddbsSnapshotType + + -- * Response + , DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeDBSnapshotsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ddbsrDBSnapshots + , ddbsrMarker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeDBSnapshots = DescribeDBSnapshots + { _ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _ddbsFilters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _ddbsMarker :: Maybe Text + , _ddbsMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _ddbsSnapshotType :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDBSnapshots' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbsFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'ddbsMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbsMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'ddbsSnapshotType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeDBSnapshots :: DescribeDBSnapshots +describeDBSnapshots = DescribeDBSnapshots + { _ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddbsSnapshotType = Nothing + , _ddbsFilters = mempty + , _ddbsMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddbsMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | A DB instance identifier to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. Cannot +-- be used in conjunction with DBSnapshotIdentifier. This parameter is not +-- case sensitive. Constraints: Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric +-- characters or hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a +-- hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Text) +ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. Cannot be used in +-- conjunction with DBInstanceIdentifier. This value is stored as a +-- lowercase string. Constraints: Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two +-- consecutive hyphens If this is the identifier of an automated snapshot, +-- the SnapshotType parameter must also be specified. +ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Text) +ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = + lens _ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +ddbsFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots [Filter] +ddbsFilters = lens _ddbsFilters (\s a -> s { _ddbsFilters = a }) . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSnapshots +-- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only +-- records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +ddbsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Text) +ddbsMarker = lens _ddbsMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbsMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records +-- exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a +-- marker is included in the response so that the remaining results may be +-- retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddbsMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Int) +ddbsMaxRecords = lens _ddbsMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _ddbsMaxRecords = a }) + +-- | The type of snapshots that will be returned. Values can be "automated" or +-- "manual." If not specified, the returned results will include all +-- snapshots types. +ddbsSnapshotType :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Text) +ddbsSnapshotType = lens _ddbsSnapshotType (\s a -> s { _ddbsSnapshotType = a }) + +data DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse = DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse + { _ddbsrDBSnapshots :: List "DBSnapshot" DBSnapshot + , _ddbsrMarker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbsrDBSnapshots' @::@ ['DBSnapshot'] +-- +-- * 'ddbsrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeDBSnapshotsResponse :: DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse +describeDBSnapshotsResponse = DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse + { _ddbsrMarker = Nothing + , _ddbsrDBSnapshots = mempty + } + +-- | A list of DBSnapshot instances. +ddbsrDBSnapshots :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse [DBSnapshot] +ddbsrDBSnapshots = lens _ddbsrDBSnapshots (\s a -> s { _ddbsrDBSnapshots = a }) . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +ddbsrMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse (Maybe Text) +ddbsrMarker = lens _ddbsrMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbsrMarker = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeDBSnapshots where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeDBSnapshots where + toQuery DescribeDBSnapshots{..} = mconcat + [ "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier + , "DBSnapshotIdentifier" =? _ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier + , "Filters" =? _ddbsFilters + , "Marker" =? _ddbsMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _ddbsMaxRecords + , "SnapshotType" =? _ddbsSnapshotType + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBSnapshots + +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBSnapshots where + type Sv DescribeDBSnapshots = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBSnapshots = DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse + + request = post "DescribeDBSnapshots" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeDBSnapshotsResult" $ \x -> DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse + <$> x .@ "DBSnapshots" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DescribeDBSnapshots where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. ddbsMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & ddbsMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. ddbsrMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSubnetGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSubnetGroups.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSubnetGroups.hs @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSubnetGroups +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is +-- specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified +-- DBSubnetGroup. For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia +-- Tutorial. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSubnetGroups + ( + -- * Request + DescribeDBSubnetGroups + -- ** Request constructor + , describeDBSubnetGroups + -- ** Request lenses + , ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName + , ddbsgFilters + , ddbsgMarker + , ddbsgMaxRecords + + -- * Response + , DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeDBSubnetGroupsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ddbsgrDBSubnetGroups + , ddbsgrMarker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeDBSubnetGroups = DescribeDBSubnetGroups + { _ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _ddbsgFilters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _ddbsgMarker :: Maybe Text + , _ddbsgMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDBSubnetGroups' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbsgFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'ddbsgMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddbsgMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +describeDBSubnetGroups :: DescribeDBSubnetGroups +describeDBSubnetGroups = DescribeDBSubnetGroups + { _ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _ddbsgFilters = mempty + , _ddbsgMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddbsgMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the DB subnet group to return details for. +ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroups (Maybe Text) +ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName = + lens _ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName (\s a -> s { _ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName = a }) + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +ddbsgFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroups [Filter] +ddbsgFilters = lens _ddbsgFilters (\s a -> s { _ddbsgFilters = a }) . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- DescribeDBSubnetGroups request. If this parameter is specified, the +-- response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value +-- specified by MaxRecords. +ddbsgMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroups (Maybe Text) +ddbsgMarker = lens _ddbsgMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbsgMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records +-- exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a +-- marker is included in the response so that the remaining results may be +-- retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddbsgMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroups (Maybe Int) +ddbsgMaxRecords = lens _ddbsgMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _ddbsgMaxRecords = a }) + +data DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse = DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse + { _ddbsgrDBSubnetGroups :: List "DBSubnetGroup" DBSubnetGroup + , _ddbsgrMarker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddbsgrDBSubnetGroups' @::@ ['DBSubnetGroup'] +-- +-- * 'ddbsgrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeDBSubnetGroupsResponse :: DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse +describeDBSubnetGroupsResponse = DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse + { _ddbsgrMarker = Nothing + , _ddbsgrDBSubnetGroups = mempty + } + +-- | A list of DBSubnetGroup instances. +ddbsgrDBSubnetGroups :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse [DBSubnetGroup] +ddbsgrDBSubnetGroups = + lens _ddbsgrDBSubnetGroups (\s a -> s { _ddbsgrDBSubnetGroups = a }) + . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +ddbsgrMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) +ddbsgrMarker = lens _ddbsgrMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbsgrMarker = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeDBSubnetGroups where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeDBSubnetGroups where + toQuery DescribeDBSubnetGroups{..} = mconcat + [ "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName + , "Filters" =? _ddbsgFilters + , "Marker" =? _ddbsgMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _ddbsgMaxRecords + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBSubnetGroups + +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBSubnetGroups where + type Sv DescribeDBSubnetGroups = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBSubnetGroups = DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse + + request = post "DescribeDBSubnetGroups" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResult" $ \x -> DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse + <$> x .@ "DBSubnetGroups" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DescribeDBSubnetGroups where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. ddbsgMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & ddbsgMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. ddbsgrMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters.hs @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultParameters +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the +-- specified database engine. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultParameters + ( + -- * Request + DescribeEngineDefaultParameters + -- ** Request constructor + , describeEngineDefaultParameters + -- ** Request lenses + , dedpDBParameterGroupFamily + , dedpFilters + , dedpMarker + , dedpMaxRecords + + -- * Response + , DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeEngineDefaultParametersResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dedprEngineDefaults + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeEngineDefaultParameters = DescribeEngineDefaultParameters + { _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily :: Text + , _dedpFilters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _dedpMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dedpMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeEngineDefaultParameters' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dedpDBParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dedpFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'dedpMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dedpMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +describeEngineDefaultParameters :: Text -- ^ 'dedpDBParameterGroupFamily' + -> DescribeEngineDefaultParameters +describeEngineDefaultParameters p1 = DescribeEngineDefaultParameters + { _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily = p1 + , _dedpFilters = mempty + , _dedpMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dedpMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the DB parameter group family. +dedpDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParameters Text +dedpDBParameterGroupFamily = + lens _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily + (\s a -> s { _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily = a }) + +-- | Not currently supported. +dedpFilters :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParameters [Filter] +dedpFilters = lens _dedpFilters (\s a -> s { _dedpFilters = a }) . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- DescribeEngineDefaultParameters request. If this parameter is specified, +-- the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value +-- specified by MaxRecords. +dedpMarker :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParameters (Maybe Text) +dedpMarker = lens _dedpMarker (\s a -> s { _dedpMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records +-- exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a +-- marker is included in the response so that the remaining results may be +-- retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +dedpMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParameters (Maybe Int) +dedpMaxRecords = lens _dedpMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dedpMaxRecords = a }) + +newtype DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse = DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse + { _dedprEngineDefaults :: EngineDefaults + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dedprEngineDefaults' @::@ 'EngineDefaults' +-- +describeEngineDefaultParametersResponse :: EngineDefaults -- ^ 'dedprEngineDefaults' + -> DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse +describeEngineDefaultParametersResponse p1 = DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse + { _dedprEngineDefaults = p1 + } + +dedprEngineDefaults :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse EngineDefaults +dedprEngineDefaults = + lens _dedprEngineDefaults (\s a -> s { _dedprEngineDefaults = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeEngineDefaultParameters where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeEngineDefaultParameters where + toQuery DescribeEngineDefaultParameters{..} = mconcat + [ "DBParameterGroupFamily" =? _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily + , "Filters" =? _dedpFilters + , "Marker" =? _dedpMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _dedpMaxRecords + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeEngineDefaultParameters + +instance AWSRequest DescribeEngineDefaultParameters where + type Sv DescribeEngineDefaultParameters = RDS + type Rs DescribeEngineDefaultParameters = DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse + + request = post "DescribeEngineDefaultParameters" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResult" $ \x -> DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse + <$> x .@ "EngineDefaults" + +instance AWSPager DescribeEngineDefaultParameters where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. dedpMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & dedpMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. dedprEngineDefaults . edMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventCategories.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventCategories.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventCategories.hs @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventCategories +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if specified, +-- for a specified source type. You can see a list of the event categories and +-- source types in the Events topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventCategories + ( + -- * Request + DescribeEventCategories + -- ** Request constructor + , describeEventCategories + -- ** Request lenses + , decFilters + , decSourceType + + -- * Response + , DescribeEventCategoriesResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeEventCategoriesResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , decrEventCategoriesMapList + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeEventCategories = DescribeEventCategories + { _decFilters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _decSourceType :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeEventCategories' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'decFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'decSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeEventCategories :: DescribeEventCategories +describeEventCategories = DescribeEventCategories + { _decSourceType = Nothing + , _decFilters = mempty + } + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +decFilters :: Lens' DescribeEventCategories [Filter] +decFilters = lens _decFilters (\s a -> s { _decFilters = a }) . _List + +-- | The type of source that will be generating the events. Valid values: +-- db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot. +decSourceType :: Lens' DescribeEventCategories (Maybe Text) +decSourceType = lens _decSourceType (\s a -> s { _decSourceType = a }) + +newtype DescribeEventCategoriesResponse = DescribeEventCategoriesResponse + { _decrEventCategoriesMapList :: List "EventCategoriesMap" EventCategoriesMap + } deriving (Eq, Show, Monoid, Semigroup) + +instance GHC.Exts.IsList DescribeEventCategoriesResponse where + type Item DescribeEventCategoriesResponse = EventCategoriesMap + + fromList = DescribeEventCategoriesResponse . GHC.Exts.fromList + toList = GHC.Exts.toList . _decrEventCategoriesMapList + +-- | 'DescribeEventCategoriesResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'decrEventCategoriesMapList' @::@ ['EventCategoriesMap'] +-- +describeEventCategoriesResponse :: DescribeEventCategoriesResponse +describeEventCategoriesResponse = DescribeEventCategoriesResponse + { _decrEventCategoriesMapList = mempty + } + +-- | A list of EventCategoriesMap data types. +decrEventCategoriesMapList :: Lens' DescribeEventCategoriesResponse [EventCategoriesMap] +decrEventCategoriesMapList = + lens _decrEventCategoriesMapList + (\s a -> s { _decrEventCategoriesMapList = a }) + . _List + +instance ToPath DescribeEventCategories where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeEventCategories where + toQuery DescribeEventCategories{..} = mconcat + [ "Filters" =? _decFilters + , "SourceType" =? _decSourceType + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeEventCategories + +instance AWSRequest DescribeEventCategories where + type Sv DescribeEventCategories = RDS + type Rs DescribeEventCategories = DescribeEventCategoriesResponse + + request = post "DescribeEventCategories" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeEventCategoriesResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeEventCategoriesResult" $ \x -> DescribeEventCategoriesResponse + <$> x .@ "EventCategoriesMapList" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventSubscriptions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventSubscriptions.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventSubscriptions.hs @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventSubscriptions +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Lists all the subscription descriptions for a customer account. The +-- description for a subscription includes SubscriptionName, SNSTopicARN, +-- CustomerID, SourceType, SourceID, CreationTime, and Status. If you specify +-- a SubscriptionName, lists the description for that subscription. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventSubscriptions + ( + -- * Request + DescribeEventSubscriptions + -- ** Request constructor + , describeEventSubscriptions + -- ** Request lenses + , des1Filters + , des1Marker + , des1MaxRecords + , des1SubscriptionName + + -- * Response + , DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeEventSubscriptionsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , desrEventSubscriptionsList + , desrMarker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeEventSubscriptions = DescribeEventSubscriptions + { _des1Filters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _des1Marker :: Maybe Text + , _des1MaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _des1SubscriptionName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeEventSubscriptions' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'des1Filters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'des1Marker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'des1MaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'des1SubscriptionName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeEventSubscriptions :: DescribeEventSubscriptions +describeEventSubscriptions = DescribeEventSubscriptions + { _des1SubscriptionName = Nothing + , _des1Filters = mempty + , _des1MaxRecords = Nothing + , _des1Marker = Nothing + } + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +des1Filters :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions [Filter] +des1Filters = lens _des1Filters (\s a -> s { _des1Filters = a }) . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is +-- specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to +-- the value specified by MaxRecords . +des1Marker :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Text) +des1Marker = lens _des1Marker (\s a -> s { _des1Marker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records +-- exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a +-- marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be +-- retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +des1MaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Int) +des1MaxRecords = lens _des1MaxRecords (\s a -> s { _des1MaxRecords = a }) + +-- | The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to describe. +des1SubscriptionName :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Text) +des1SubscriptionName = + lens _des1SubscriptionName (\s a -> s { _des1SubscriptionName = a }) + +data DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse = DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse + { _desrEventSubscriptionsList :: List "EventSubscription" EventSubscription + , _desrMarker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'desrEventSubscriptionsList' @::@ ['EventSubscription'] +-- +-- * 'desrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeEventSubscriptionsResponse :: DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse +describeEventSubscriptionsResponse = DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse + { _desrMarker = Nothing + , _desrEventSubscriptionsList = mempty + } + +-- | A list of EventSubscriptions data types. +desrEventSubscriptionsList :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse [EventSubscription] +desrEventSubscriptionsList = + lens _desrEventSubscriptionsList + (\s a -> s { _desrEventSubscriptionsList = a }) + . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is +-- specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to +-- the value specified by MaxRecords. +desrMarker :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse (Maybe Text) +desrMarker = lens _desrMarker (\s a -> s { _desrMarker = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeEventSubscriptions where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeEventSubscriptions where + toQuery DescribeEventSubscriptions{..} = mconcat + [ "Filters" =? _des1Filters + , "Marker" =? _des1Marker + , "MaxRecords" =? _des1MaxRecords + , "SubscriptionName" =? _des1SubscriptionName + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeEventSubscriptions + +instance AWSRequest DescribeEventSubscriptions where + type Sv DescribeEventSubscriptions = RDS + type Rs DescribeEventSubscriptions = DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse + + request = post "DescribeEventSubscriptions" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeEventSubscriptionsResult" $ \x -> DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse + <$> x .@ "EventSubscriptionsList" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DescribeEventSubscriptions where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. des1Marker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & des1Marker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. desrMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEvents.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEvents.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEvents.hs @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEvents +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns events related to DB instances, DB security groups, DB snapshots, +-- and DB parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a +-- particular DB instance, DB security group, database snapshot, or DB +-- parameter group can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By +-- default, the past hour of events are returned. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEvents + ( + -- * Request + DescribeEvents + -- ** Request constructor + , describeEvents + -- ** Request lenses + , deDuration + , deEndTime + , deEventCategories + , deFilters + , deMarker + , deMaxRecords + , deSourceIdentifier + , deSourceType + , deStartTime + + -- * Response + , DescribeEventsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeEventsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , derEvents + , derMarker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeEvents = DescribeEvents + { _deDuration :: Maybe Int + , _deEndTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _deEventCategories :: List "EventCategory" Text + , _deFilters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _deMarker :: Maybe Text + , _deMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _deSourceIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _deSourceType :: Maybe Text + , _deStartTime :: Maybe RFC822 + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeEvents' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'deDuration' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'deEndTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'deEventCategories' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'deFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'deMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'deMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'deSourceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'deSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'deStartTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +describeEvents :: DescribeEvents +describeEvents = DescribeEvents + { _deSourceIdentifier = Nothing + , _deSourceType = Nothing + , _deStartTime = Nothing + , _deEndTime = Nothing + , _deDuration = Nothing + , _deEventCategories = mempty + , _deFilters = mempty + , _deMaxRecords = Nothing + , _deMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | The number of minutes to retrieve events for. Default: 60. +deDuration :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Int) +deDuration = lens _deDuration (\s a -> s { _deDuration = a }) + +-- | The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in +-- ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 +-- Wikipedia page. Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z. +deEndTime :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe UTCTime) +deEndTime = lens _deEndTime (\s a -> s { _deEndTime = a }) . mapping _Time + +-- | A list of event categories that trigger notifications for a event +-- notification subscription. +deEventCategories :: Lens' DescribeEvents [Text] +deEventCategories = + lens _deEventCategories (\s a -> s { _deEventCategories = a }) + . _List + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +deFilters :: Lens' DescribeEvents [Filter] +deFilters = lens _deFilters (\s a -> s { _deFilters = a }) . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEvents +-- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only +-- records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +deMarker :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Text) +deMarker = lens _deMarker (\s a -> s { _deMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records +-- exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a +-- marker is included in the response so that the remaining results may be +-- retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +deMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Int) +deMaxRecords = lens _deMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _deMaxRecords = a }) + +-- | The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If +-- not specified, then all sources are included in the response. +-- Constraints: If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be +-- provided. If the source type is DBInstance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier +-- must be supplied. If the source type is DBSecurityGroup, a +-- DBSecurityGroupName must be supplied. If the source type is +-- DBParameterGroup, a DBParameterGroupName must be supplied. If the source +-- type is DBSnapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied. Cannot end +-- with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +deSourceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Text) +deSourceIdentifier = + lens _deSourceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _deSourceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all +-- events are returned. +deSourceType :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Text) +deSourceType = lens _deSourceType (\s a -> s { _deSourceType = a }) + +-- | The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in +-- ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 +-- Wikipedia page. Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z. +deStartTime :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe UTCTime) +deStartTime = lens _deStartTime (\s a -> s { _deStartTime = a }) . mapping _Time + +data DescribeEventsResponse = DescribeEventsResponse + { _derEvents :: List "Event" Event + , _derMarker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeEventsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'derEvents' @::@ ['Event'] +-- +-- * 'derMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeEventsResponse :: DescribeEventsResponse +describeEventsResponse = DescribeEventsResponse + { _derMarker = Nothing + , _derEvents = mempty + } + +-- | A list of Event instances. +derEvents :: Lens' DescribeEventsResponse [Event] +derEvents = lens _derEvents (\s a -> s { _derEvents = a }) . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous Events request. If +-- this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond +-- the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . +derMarker :: Lens' DescribeEventsResponse (Maybe Text) +derMarker = lens _derMarker (\s a -> s { _derMarker = a }) + +instance ToPath DescribeEvents where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeEvents where + toQuery DescribeEvents{..} = mconcat + [ "Duration" =? _deDuration + , "EndTime" =? _deEndTime + , "EventCategories" =? _deEventCategories + , "Filters" =? _deFilters + , "Marker" =? _deMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _deMaxRecords + , "SourceIdentifier" =? _deSourceIdentifier + , "SourceType" =? _deSourceType + , "StartTime" =? _deStartTime + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeEvents + +instance AWSRequest DescribeEvents where + type Sv DescribeEvents = RDS + type Rs DescribeEvents = DescribeEventsResponse + + request = post "DescribeEvents" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeEventsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeEventsResult" $ \x -> DescribeEventsResponse + <$> x .@ "Events" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DescribeEvents where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. deMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & deMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. derMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroupOptions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroupOptions.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroupOptions.hs @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroupOptions +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Describes all available options. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroupOptions + ( + -- * Request + DescribeOptionGroupOptions + -- ** Request constructor + , describeOptionGroupOptions + -- ** Request lenses + , dogoEngineName + , dogoFilters + , dogoMajorEngineVersion + , dogoMarker + , dogoMaxRecords + + -- * Response + , DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeOptionGroupOptionsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dogorMarker + , dogorOptionGroupOptions + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeOptionGroupOptions = DescribeOptionGroupOptions + { _dogoEngineName :: Text + , _dogoFilters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _dogoMajorEngineVersion :: Maybe Text + , _dogoMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dogoMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeOptionGroupOptions' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dogoEngineName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dogoFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'dogoMajorEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dogoMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dogoMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +describeOptionGroupOptions :: Text -- ^ 'dogoEngineName' + -> DescribeOptionGroupOptions +describeOptionGroupOptions p1 = DescribeOptionGroupOptions + { _dogoEngineName = p1 + , _dogoMajorEngineVersion = Nothing + , _dogoFilters = mempty + , _dogoMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dogoMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | A required parameter. Options available for the given Engine name will be +-- described. +dogoEngineName :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptions Text +dogoEngineName = lens _dogoEngineName (\s a -> s { _dogoEngineName = a }) + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +dogoFilters :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptions [Filter] +dogoFilters = lens _dogoFilters (\s a -> s { _dogoFilters = a }) . _List + +-- | If specified, filters the results to include only options for the +-- specified major engine version. +dogoMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptions (Maybe Text) +dogoMajorEngineVersion = + lens _dogoMajorEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _dogoMajorEngineVersion = a }) + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +dogoMarker :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptions (Maybe Text) +dogoMarker = lens _dogoMarker (\s a -> s { _dogoMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records +-- exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a +-- marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be +-- retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +dogoMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptions (Maybe Int) +dogoMaxRecords = lens _dogoMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dogoMaxRecords = a }) + +data DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse = DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse + { _dogorMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dogorOptionGroupOptions :: List "OptionGroupOption" OptionGroupOption + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dogorMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dogorOptionGroupOptions' @::@ ['OptionGroupOption'] +-- +describeOptionGroupOptionsResponse :: DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse +describeOptionGroupOptionsResponse = DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse + { _dogorOptionGroupOptions = mempty + , _dogorMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +dogorMarker :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse (Maybe Text) +dogorMarker = lens _dogorMarker (\s a -> s { _dogorMarker = a }) + +dogorOptionGroupOptions :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse [OptionGroupOption] +dogorOptionGroupOptions = + lens _dogorOptionGroupOptions (\s a -> s { _dogorOptionGroupOptions = a }) + . _List + +instance ToPath DescribeOptionGroupOptions where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeOptionGroupOptions where + toQuery DescribeOptionGroupOptions{..} = mconcat + [ "EngineName" =? _dogoEngineName + , "Filters" =? _dogoFilters + , "MajorEngineVersion" =? _dogoMajorEngineVersion + , "Marker" =? _dogoMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _dogoMaxRecords + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeOptionGroupOptions + +instance AWSRequest DescribeOptionGroupOptions where + type Sv DescribeOptionGroupOptions = RDS + type Rs DescribeOptionGroupOptions = DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse + + request = post "DescribeOptionGroupOptions" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResult" $ \x -> DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse + <$> x .@? "Marker" + <*> x .@ "OptionGroupOptions" + +instance AWSPager DescribeOptionGroupOptions where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. dogoMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & dogoMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. dogorMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroups.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroups.hs @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroups +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Describes the available option groups. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroups + ( + -- * Request + DescribeOptionGroups + -- ** Request constructor + , describeOptionGroups + -- ** Request lenses + , dogEngineName + , dogFilters + , dogMajorEngineVersion + , dogMarker + , dogMaxRecords + , dogOptionGroupName + + -- * Response + , DescribeOptionGroupsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeOptionGroupsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dogrMarker + , dogrOptionGroupsList + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeOptionGroups = DescribeOptionGroups + { _dogEngineName :: Maybe Text + , _dogFilters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _dogMajorEngineVersion :: Maybe Text + , _dogMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dogMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _dogOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeOptionGroups' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dogEngineName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dogFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'dogMajorEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dogMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dogMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dogOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeOptionGroups :: DescribeOptionGroups +describeOptionGroups = DescribeOptionGroups + { _dogOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _dogFilters = mempty + , _dogMarker = Nothing + , _dogMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dogEngineName = Nothing + , _dogMajorEngineVersion = Nothing + } + +-- | Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with +-- a specific database engine. +dogEngineName :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Text) +dogEngineName = lens _dogEngineName (\s a -> s { _dogEngineName = a }) + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +dogFilters :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups [Filter] +dogFilters = lens _dogFilters (\s a -> s { _dogFilters = a }) . _List + +-- | Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with +-- a specific database engine version. If specified, then EngineName must +-- also be specified. +dogMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Text) +dogMajorEngineVersion = + lens _dogMajorEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _dogMajorEngineVersion = a }) + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOptionGroups +-- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only +-- records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +dogMarker :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Text) +dogMarker = lens _dogMarker (\s a -> s { _dogMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records +-- exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a +-- marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be +-- retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +dogMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Int) +dogMaxRecords = lens _dogMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dogMaxRecords = a }) + +-- | The name of the option group to describe. Cannot be supplied together +-- with EngineName or MajorEngineVersion. +dogOptionGroupName :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Text) +dogOptionGroupName = + lens _dogOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _dogOptionGroupName = a }) + +data DescribeOptionGroupsResponse = DescribeOptionGroupsResponse + { _dogrMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dogrOptionGroupsList :: List "OptionGroup" OptionGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeOptionGroupsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dogrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dogrOptionGroupsList' @::@ ['OptionGroup'] +-- +describeOptionGroupsResponse :: DescribeOptionGroupsResponse +describeOptionGroupsResponse = DescribeOptionGroupsResponse + { _dogrOptionGroupsList = mempty + , _dogrMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +dogrMarker :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) +dogrMarker = lens _dogrMarker (\s a -> s { _dogrMarker = a }) + +-- | List of option groups. +dogrOptionGroupsList :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupsResponse [OptionGroup] +dogrOptionGroupsList = + lens _dogrOptionGroupsList (\s a -> s { _dogrOptionGroupsList = a }) + . _List + +instance ToPath DescribeOptionGroups where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeOptionGroups where + toQuery DescribeOptionGroups{..} = mconcat + [ "EngineName" =? _dogEngineName + , "Filters" =? _dogFilters + , "MajorEngineVersion" =? _dogMajorEngineVersion + , "Marker" =? _dogMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _dogMaxRecords + , "OptionGroupName" =? _dogOptionGroupName + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeOptionGroups + +instance AWSRequest DescribeOptionGroups where + type Sv DescribeOptionGroups = RDS + type Rs DescribeOptionGroups = DescribeOptionGroupsResponse + + request = post "DescribeOptionGroups" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeOptionGroupsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeOptionGroupsResult" $ \x -> DescribeOptionGroupsResponse + <$> x .@? "Marker" + <*> x .@ "OptionGroupsList" + +instance AWSPager DescribeOptionGroups where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. dogMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & dogMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. dogrMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions.hs @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns a list of orderable DB instance options for the specified engine. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions + ( + -- * Request + DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions + -- ** Request constructor + , describeOrderableDBInstanceOptions + -- ** Request lenses + , dodbioDBInstanceClass + , dodbioEngine + , dodbioEngineVersion + , dodbioFilters + , dodbioLicenseModel + , dodbioMarker + , dodbioMaxRecords + , dodbioVpc + + -- * Response + , DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , dodbiorMarker + , dodbiorOrderableDBInstanceOptions + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions + { _dodbioDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text + , _dodbioEngine :: Text + , _dodbioEngineVersion :: Maybe Text + , _dodbioFilters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _dodbioLicenseModel :: Maybe Text + , _dodbioMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dodbioMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _dodbioVpc :: Maybe Bool + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dodbioDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dodbioEngine' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dodbioEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dodbioFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'dodbioLicenseModel' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dodbioMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dodbioMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dodbioVpc' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +describeOrderableDBInstanceOptions :: Text -- ^ 'dodbioEngine' + -> DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions +describeOrderableDBInstanceOptions p1 = DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions + { _dodbioEngine = p1 + , _dodbioEngineVersion = Nothing + , _dodbioDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _dodbioLicenseModel = Nothing + , _dodbioVpc = Nothing + , _dodbioFilters = mempty + , _dodbioMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dodbioMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only +-- the available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. +dodbioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Text) +dodbioDBInstanceClass = + lens _dodbioDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _dodbioDBInstanceClass = a }) + +-- | The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for. +dodbioEngine :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions Text +dodbioEngine = lens _dodbioEngine (\s a -> s { _dodbioEngine = a }) + +-- | The engine version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the +-- available offerings matching the specified engine version. +dodbioEngineVersion :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Text) +dodbioEngineVersion = + lens _dodbioEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _dodbioEngineVersion = a }) + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +dodbioFilters :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions [Filter] +dodbioFilters = lens _dodbioFilters (\s a -> s { _dodbioFilters = a }) . _List + +-- | The license model filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the +-- available offerings matching the specified license model. +dodbioLicenseModel :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Text) +dodbioLicenseModel = + lens _dodbioLicenseModel (\s a -> s { _dodbioLicenseModel = a }) + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is +-- specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to +-- the value specified by MaxRecords . +dodbioMarker :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Text) +dodbioMarker = lens _dodbioMarker (\s a -> s { _dodbioMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records +-- exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a +-- marker is included in the response so that the remaining results can be +-- retrieved. Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +dodbioMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Int) +dodbioMaxRecords = lens _dodbioMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dodbioMaxRecords = a }) + +-- | The VPC filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available +-- VPC or non-VPC offerings. +dodbioVpc :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Bool) +dodbioVpc = lens _dodbioVpc (\s a -> s { _dodbioVpc = a }) + +data DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse = DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse + { _dodbiorMarker :: Maybe Text + , _dodbiorOrderableDBInstanceOptions :: List "OrderableDBInstanceOption" OrderableDBInstanceOption + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dodbiorMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dodbiorOrderableDBInstanceOptions' @::@ ['OrderableDBInstanceOption'] +-- +describeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse :: DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse +describeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse = DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse + { _dodbiorOrderableDBInstanceOptions = mempty + , _dodbiorMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- OrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is specified, the +-- response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value +-- specified by MaxRecords . +dodbiorMarker :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse (Maybe Text) +dodbiorMarker = lens _dodbiorMarker (\s a -> s { _dodbiorMarker = a }) + +-- | An OrderableDBInstanceOption structure containing information about +-- orderable options for the DB instance. +dodbiorOrderableDBInstanceOptions :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse [OrderableDBInstanceOption] +dodbiorOrderableDBInstanceOptions = + lens _dodbiorOrderableDBInstanceOptions + (\s a -> s { _dodbiorOrderableDBInstanceOptions = a }) + . _List + +instance ToPath DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions where + toQuery DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions{..} = mconcat + [ "DBInstanceClass" =? _dodbioDBInstanceClass + , "Engine" =? _dodbioEngine + , "EngineVersion" =? _dodbioEngineVersion + , "Filters" =? _dodbioFilters + , "LicenseModel" =? _dodbioLicenseModel + , "Marker" =? _dodbioMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _dodbioMaxRecords + , "Vpc" =? _dodbioVpc + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions + +instance AWSRequest DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions where + type Sv DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = RDS + type Rs DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse + + request = post "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResult" $ \x -> DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse + <$> x .@? "Marker" + <*> x .@ "OrderableDBInstanceOptions" + +instance AWSPager DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. dodbioMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & dodbioMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. dodbiorMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstances.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstances.hs @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstances +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Returns information about reserved DB instances for this account, or about +-- a specified reserved DB instance. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstances + ( + -- * Request + DescribeReservedDBInstances + -- ** Request constructor + , describeReservedDBInstances + -- ** Request lenses + , drdbiDBInstanceClass + , drdbiDuration + , drdbiFilters + , drdbiMarker + , drdbiMaxRecords + , drdbiMultiAZ + , drdbiOfferingType + , drdbiProductDescription + , drdbiReservedDBInstanceId + , drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + + -- * Response + , DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeReservedDBInstancesResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , drdbirMarker + , drdbirReservedDBInstances + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeReservedDBInstances = DescribeReservedDBInstances + { _drdbiDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text + , _drdbiDuration :: Maybe Text + , _drdbiFilters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _drdbiMarker :: Maybe Text + , _drdbiMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _drdbiMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool + , _drdbiOfferingType :: Maybe Text + , _drdbiProductDescription :: Maybe Text + , _drdbiReservedDBInstanceId :: Maybe Text + , _drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeReservedDBInstances' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'drdbiDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drdbiDuration' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drdbiFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'drdbiMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drdbiMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'drdbiMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'drdbiOfferingType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drdbiProductDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drdbiReservedDBInstanceId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeReservedDBInstances :: DescribeReservedDBInstances +describeReservedDBInstances = DescribeReservedDBInstances + { _drdbiReservedDBInstanceId = Nothing + , _drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing + , _drdbiDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _drdbiDuration = Nothing + , _drdbiProductDescription = Nothing + , _drdbiOfferingType = Nothing + , _drdbiMultiAZ = Nothing + , _drdbiFilters = mempty + , _drdbiMaxRecords = Nothing + , _drdbiMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only +-- those reservations matching the specified DB instances class. +drdbiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) +drdbiDBInstanceClass = + lens _drdbiDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _drdbiDBInstanceClass = a }) + +-- | The duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this +-- parameter to show only reservations for this duration. Valid Values: 1 | +-- 3 | 31536000 | 94608000. +drdbiDuration :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) +drdbiDuration = lens _drdbiDuration (\s a -> s { _drdbiDuration = a }) + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +drdbiFilters :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances [Filter] +drdbiFilters = lens _drdbiFilters (\s a -> s { _drdbiFilters = a }) . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +drdbiMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) +drdbiMarker = lens _drdbiMarker (\s a -> s { _drdbiMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than +-- the MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is +-- included in the response so that the following results can be retrieved. +-- Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +drdbiMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Int) +drdbiMaxRecords = lens _drdbiMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _drdbiMaxRecords = a }) + +-- | The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those +-- reservations matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter. +drdbiMultiAZ :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Bool) +drdbiMultiAZ = lens _drdbiMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _drdbiMultiAZ = a }) + +-- | The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the +-- available offerings matching the specified offering type. Valid Values: +-- "Light Utilization" | "Medium Utilization" | "Heavy Utilization". +drdbiOfferingType :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) +drdbiOfferingType = + lens _drdbiOfferingType (\s a -> s { _drdbiOfferingType = a }) + +-- | The product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only +-- those reservations matching the specified product description. +drdbiProductDescription :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) +drdbiProductDescription = + lens _drdbiProductDescription (\s a -> s { _drdbiProductDescription = a }) + +-- | The reserved DB instance identifier filter value. Specify this parameter +-- to show only the reservation that matches the specified reservation ID. +drdbiReservedDBInstanceId :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) +drdbiReservedDBInstanceId = + lens _drdbiReservedDBInstanceId + (\s a -> s { _drdbiReservedDBInstanceId = a }) + +-- | The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only +-- purchased reservations matching the specified offering identifier. +drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) +drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = + lens _drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + (\s a -> s { _drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a }) + +data DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse = DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse + { _drdbirMarker :: Maybe Text + , _drdbirReservedDBInstances :: List "ReservedDBInstance" ReservedDBInstance + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'drdbirMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drdbirReservedDBInstances' @::@ ['ReservedDBInstance'] +-- +describeReservedDBInstancesResponse :: DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse +describeReservedDBInstancesResponse = DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse + { _drdbirMarker = Nothing + , _drdbirReservedDBInstances = mempty + } + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +drdbirMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse (Maybe Text) +drdbirMarker = lens _drdbirMarker (\s a -> s { _drdbirMarker = a }) + +-- | A list of reserved DB instances. +drdbirReservedDBInstances :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse [ReservedDBInstance] +drdbirReservedDBInstances = + lens _drdbirReservedDBInstances + (\s a -> s { _drdbirReservedDBInstances = a }) + . _List + +instance ToPath DescribeReservedDBInstances where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeReservedDBInstances where + toQuery DescribeReservedDBInstances{..} = mconcat + [ "DBInstanceClass" =? _drdbiDBInstanceClass + , "Duration" =? _drdbiDuration + , "Filters" =? _drdbiFilters + , "Marker" =? _drdbiMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _drdbiMaxRecords + , "MultiAZ" =? _drdbiMultiAZ + , "OfferingType" =? _drdbiOfferingType + , "ProductDescription" =? _drdbiProductDescription + , "ReservedDBInstanceId" =? _drdbiReservedDBInstanceId + , "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId" =? _drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeReservedDBInstances + +instance AWSRequest DescribeReservedDBInstances where + type Sv DescribeReservedDBInstances = RDS + type Rs DescribeReservedDBInstances = DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse + + request = post "DescribeReservedDBInstances" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeReservedDBInstancesResult" $ \x -> DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse + <$> x .@? "Marker" + <*> x .@ "ReservedDBInstances" + +instance AWSPager DescribeReservedDBInstances where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. drdbiMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & drdbiMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. drdbirMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings.hs @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Lists available reserved DB instance offerings. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings + ( + -- * Request + DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings + -- ** Request constructor + , describeReservedDBInstancesOfferings + -- ** Request lenses + , drdbioDBInstanceClass + , drdbioDuration + , drdbioFilters + , drdbioMarker + , drdbioMaxRecords + , drdbioMultiAZ + , drdbioOfferingType + , drdbioProductDescription + , drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + + -- * Response + , DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , describeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , drdbiorMarker + , drdbiorReservedDBInstancesOfferings + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings + { _drdbioDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text + , _drdbioDuration :: Maybe Text + , _drdbioFilters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _drdbioMarker :: Maybe Text + , _drdbioMaxRecords :: Maybe Int + , _drdbioMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool + , _drdbioOfferingType :: Maybe Text + , _drdbioProductDescription :: Maybe Text + , _drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'drdbioDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drdbioDuration' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drdbioFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'drdbioMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drdbioMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'drdbioMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'drdbioOfferingType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drdbioProductDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +describeReservedDBInstancesOfferings :: DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings +describeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings + { _drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing + , _drdbioDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _drdbioDuration = Nothing + , _drdbioProductDescription = Nothing + , _drdbioOfferingType = Nothing + , _drdbioMultiAZ = Nothing + , _drdbioFilters = mempty + , _drdbioMaxRecords = Nothing + , _drdbioMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only +-- the available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. +drdbioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) +drdbioDBInstanceClass = + lens _drdbioDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _drdbioDBInstanceClass = a }) + +-- | Duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this +-- parameter to show only reservations for this duration. Valid Values: 1 | +-- 3 | 31536000 | 94608000. +drdbioDuration :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) +drdbioDuration = lens _drdbioDuration (\s a -> s { _drdbioDuration = a }) + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +drdbioFilters :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings [Filter] +drdbioFilters = lens _drdbioFilters (\s a -> s { _drdbioFilters = a }) . _List + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +drdbioMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) +drdbioMarker = lens _drdbioMarker (\s a -> s { _drdbioMarker = a }) + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than +-- the MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is +-- included in the response so that the following results can be retrieved. +-- Default: 100 Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100. +drdbioMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Int) +drdbioMaxRecords = lens _drdbioMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _drdbioMaxRecords = a }) + +-- | The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the +-- available offerings matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter. +drdbioMultiAZ :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Bool) +drdbioMultiAZ = lens _drdbioMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _drdbioMultiAZ = a }) + +-- | The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the +-- available offerings matching the specified offering type. Valid Values: +-- "Light Utilization" | "Medium Utilization" | "Heavy Utilization". +drdbioOfferingType :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) +drdbioOfferingType = + lens _drdbioOfferingType (\s a -> s { _drdbioOfferingType = a }) + +-- | Product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the +-- available offerings matching the specified product description. +drdbioProductDescription :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) +drdbioProductDescription = + lens _drdbioProductDescription + (\s a -> s { _drdbioProductDescription = a }) + +-- | The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only +-- the available offering that matches the specified reservation identifier. +-- Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706. +drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) +drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = + lens _drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + (\s a -> s { _drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a }) + +data DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse = DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse + { _drdbiorMarker :: Maybe Text + , _drdbiorReservedDBInstancesOfferings :: List "ReservedDBInstancesOffering" ReservedDBInstancesOffering + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'drdbiorMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'drdbiorReservedDBInstancesOfferings' @::@ ['ReservedDBInstancesOffering'] +-- +describeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse :: DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse +describeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse = DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse + { _drdbiorMarker = Nothing + , _drdbiorReservedDBInstancesOfferings = mempty + } + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. +drdbiorMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse (Maybe Text) +drdbiorMarker = lens _drdbiorMarker (\s a -> s { _drdbiorMarker = a }) + +-- | A list of reserved DB instance offerings. +drdbiorReservedDBInstancesOfferings :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse [ReservedDBInstancesOffering] +drdbiorReservedDBInstancesOfferings = + lens _drdbiorReservedDBInstancesOfferings + (\s a -> s { _drdbiorReservedDBInstancesOfferings = a }) + . _List + +instance ToPath DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings where + toQuery DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings{..} = mconcat + [ "DBInstanceClass" =? _drdbioDBInstanceClass + , "Duration" =? _drdbioDuration + , "Filters" =? _drdbioFilters + , "Marker" =? _drdbioMarker + , "MaxRecords" =? _drdbioMaxRecords + , "MultiAZ" =? _drdbioMultiAZ + , "OfferingType" =? _drdbioOfferingType + , "ProductDescription" =? _drdbioProductDescription + , "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId" =? _drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + ] + +instance ToHeaders DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings + +instance AWSRequest DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings where + type Sv DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = RDS + type Rs DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse + + request = post "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResult" $ \x -> DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse + <$> x .@? "Marker" + <*> x .@ "ReservedDBInstancesOfferings" + +instance AWSPager DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings where + page rq rs + | stop (rq ^. drdbioMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = (\x -> rq & drdbioMarker ?~ x) + <$> (rs ^. drdbiorMarker) diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DownloadDBLogFilePortion.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DownloadDBLogFilePortion.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DownloadDBLogFilePortion.hs @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DownloadDBLogFilePortion +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Downloads all or a portion of the specified log file. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.DownloadDBLogFilePortion + ( + -- * Request + DownloadDBLogFilePortion + -- ** Request constructor + , downloadDBLogFilePortion + -- ** Request lenses + , ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier + , ddblfpLogFileName + , ddblfpMarker + , ddblfpNumberOfLines + + -- * Response + , DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , downloadDBLogFilePortionResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ddblfprAdditionalDataPending + , ddblfprLogFileData + , ddblfprMarker + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data DownloadDBLogFilePortion = DownloadDBLogFilePortion + { _ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text + , _ddblfpLogFileName :: Text + , _ddblfpMarker :: Maybe Text + , _ddblfpNumberOfLines :: Maybe Int + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DownloadDBLogFilePortion' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddblfpLogFileName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddblfpMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddblfpNumberOfLines' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +downloadDBLogFilePortion :: Text -- ^ 'ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'ddblfpLogFileName' + -> DownloadDBLogFilePortion +downloadDBLogFilePortion p1 p2 = DownloadDBLogFilePortion + { _ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 + , _ddblfpLogFileName = p2 + , _ddblfpMarker = Nothing + , _ddblfpNumberOfLines = Nothing + } + +-- | The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files +-- you want to list. Constraints: Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric +-- characters or hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a +-- hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortion Text +ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The name of the log file to be downloaded. +ddblfpLogFileName :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortion Text +ddblfpLogFileName = + lens _ddblfpLogFileName (\s a -> s { _ddblfpLogFileName = a }) + +-- | The pagination token provided in the previous request or "0". If the +-- Marker parameter is specified the response includes only records beyond +-- the marker until the end of the file or up to NumberOfLines. +ddblfpMarker :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortion (Maybe Text) +ddblfpMarker = lens _ddblfpMarker (\s a -> s { _ddblfpMarker = a }) + +-- | The number of lines to download. If the NumberOfLines parameter is +-- specified, then the block of lines returned can be from the beginning or +-- the end of the log file, depending on the value of the Marker parameter. +-- If neither Marker or NumberOfLines are specified, the entire log file is +-- returned. If NumberOfLines is specified and Marker is not specified, then +-- the most recent lines from the end of the log file are returned. If +-- Marker is specified as "0", then the specified number of lines from the +-- beginning of the log file are returned. You can download the log file in +-- blocks of lines by specifying the size of the block using the +-- NumberOfLines parameter, and by specifying a value of "0" for the Marker +-- parameter in your first request. Include the Marker value returned in the +-- response as the Marker value for the next request, continuing until the +-- AdditionalDataPending response element returns false. +ddblfpNumberOfLines :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortion (Maybe Int) +ddblfpNumberOfLines = + lens _ddblfpNumberOfLines (\s a -> s { _ddblfpNumberOfLines = a }) + +data DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse = DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse + { _ddblfprAdditionalDataPending :: Maybe Bool + , _ddblfprLogFileData :: Maybe Text + , _ddblfprMarker :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddblfprAdditionalDataPending' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'ddblfprLogFileData' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddblfprMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +downloadDBLogFilePortionResponse :: DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse +downloadDBLogFilePortionResponse = DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse + { _ddblfprLogFileData = Nothing + , _ddblfprMarker = Nothing + , _ddblfprAdditionalDataPending = Nothing + } + +-- | Boolean value that if true, indicates there is more data to be +-- downloaded. +ddblfprAdditionalDataPending :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse (Maybe Bool) +ddblfprAdditionalDataPending = + lens _ddblfprAdditionalDataPending + (\s a -> s { _ddblfprAdditionalDataPending = a }) + +-- | Entries from the specified log file. +ddblfprLogFileData :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse (Maybe Text) +ddblfprLogFileData = + lens _ddblfprLogFileData (\s a -> s { _ddblfprLogFileData = a }) + +-- | A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent +-- DownloadDBLogFilePortion request. +ddblfprMarker :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse (Maybe Text) +ddblfprMarker = lens _ddblfprMarker (\s a -> s { _ddblfprMarker = a }) + +instance ToPath DownloadDBLogFilePortion where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DownloadDBLogFilePortion where + toQuery DownloadDBLogFilePortion{..} = mconcat + [ "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier + , "LogFileName" =? _ddblfpLogFileName + , "Marker" =? _ddblfpMarker + , "NumberOfLines" =? _ddblfpNumberOfLines + ] + +instance ToHeaders DownloadDBLogFilePortion + +instance AWSRequest DownloadDBLogFilePortion where + type Sv DownloadDBLogFilePortion = RDS + type Rs DownloadDBLogFilePortion = DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse + + request = post "DownloadDBLogFilePortion" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse where + parseXML = withElement "DownloadDBLogFilePortionResult" $ \x -> DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse + <$> x .@? "AdditionalDataPending" + <*> x .@? "LogFileData" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + +instance AWSPager DownloadDBLogFilePortion where + page rq rs + | stop (rs ^. ddblfprAdditionalDataPending) = Nothing + | otherwise = Just $ rq + & ddblfpMarker .~ rs ^. ddblfprMarker diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ListTagsForResource.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ListTagsForResource.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ListTagsForResource.hs @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ListTagsForResource +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Lists all tags on an Amazon RDS resource. For an overview on tagging an +-- Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.ListTagsForResource + ( + -- * Request + ListTagsForResource + -- ** Request constructor + , listTagsForResource + -- ** Request lenses + , ltfrFilters + , ltfrResourceName + + -- * Response + , ListTagsForResourceResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , listTagsForResourceResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , ltfrrTagList + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data ListTagsForResource = ListTagsForResource + { _ltfrFilters :: List "Filter" Filter + , _ltfrResourceName :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ListTagsForResource' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ltfrFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- +-- * 'ltfrResourceName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +listTagsForResource :: Text -- ^ 'ltfrResourceName' + -> ListTagsForResource +listTagsForResource p1 = ListTagsForResource + { _ltfrResourceName = p1 + , _ltfrFilters = mempty + } + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +ltfrFilters :: Lens' ListTagsForResource [Filter] +ltfrFilters = lens _ltfrFilters (\s a -> s { _ltfrFilters = a }) . _List + +-- | The Amazon RDS resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon +-- Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see +-- Constructing an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN). +ltfrResourceName :: Lens' ListTagsForResource Text +ltfrResourceName = lens _ltfrResourceName (\s a -> s { _ltfrResourceName = a }) + +newtype ListTagsForResourceResponse = ListTagsForResourceResponse + { _ltfrrTagList :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show, Monoid, Semigroup) + +instance GHC.Exts.IsList ListTagsForResourceResponse where + type Item ListTagsForResourceResponse = Tag + + fromList = ListTagsForResourceResponse . GHC.Exts.fromList + toList = GHC.Exts.toList . _ltfrrTagList + +-- | 'ListTagsForResourceResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ltfrrTagList' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +listTagsForResourceResponse :: ListTagsForResourceResponse +listTagsForResourceResponse = ListTagsForResourceResponse + { _ltfrrTagList = mempty + } + +-- | List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation. +ltfrrTagList :: Lens' ListTagsForResourceResponse [Tag] +ltfrrTagList = lens _ltfrrTagList (\s a -> s { _ltfrrTagList = a }) . _List + +instance ToPath ListTagsForResource where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery ListTagsForResource where + toQuery ListTagsForResource{..} = mconcat + [ "Filters" =? _ltfrFilters + , "ResourceName" =? _ltfrResourceName + ] + +instance ToHeaders ListTagsForResource + +instance AWSRequest ListTagsForResource where + type Sv ListTagsForResource = RDS + type Rs ListTagsForResource = ListTagsForResourceResponse + + request = post "ListTagsForResource" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML ListTagsForResourceResponse where + parseXML = withElement "ListTagsForResourceResult" $ \x -> ListTagsForResourceResponse + <$> x .@ "TagList" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBInstance.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBInstance.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBInstance.hs @@ -0,0 +1,499 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBInstance +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Modify settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database +-- configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values +-- in the request. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBInstance + ( + -- * Request + ModifyDBInstance + -- ** Request constructor + , modifyDBInstance + -- ** Request lenses + , mdbiAllocatedStorage + , mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade + , mdbiApplyImmediately + , mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod + , mdbiDBInstanceClass + , mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier + , mdbiDBParameterGroupName + , mdbiDBSecurityGroups + , mdbiEngineVersion + , mdbiIops + , mdbiMasterUserPassword + , mdbiMultiAZ + , mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier + , mdbiOptionGroupName + , mdbiPreferredBackupWindow + , mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , mdbiStorageType + , mdbiTdeCredentialArn + , mdbiTdeCredentialPassword + , mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds + + -- * Response + , ModifyDBInstanceResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , modifyDBInstanceResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , mdbirDBInstance + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data ModifyDBInstance = ModifyDBInstance + { _mdbiAllocatedStorage :: Maybe Int + , _mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool + , _mdbiApplyImmediately :: Maybe Bool + , _mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool + , _mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod :: Maybe Int + , _mdbiDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text + , _mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text + , _mdbiDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _mdbiDBSecurityGroups :: List "DBSecurityGroupName" Text + , _mdbiEngineVersion :: Maybe Text + , _mdbiIops :: Maybe Int + , _mdbiMasterUserPassword :: Maybe Text + , _mdbiMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool + , _mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _mdbiOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _mdbiPreferredBackupWindow :: Maybe Text + , _mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Maybe Text + , _mdbiStorageType :: Maybe Text + , _mdbiTdeCredentialArn :: Maybe Text + , _mdbiTdeCredentialPassword :: Maybe Text + , _mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds :: List "VpcSecurityGroupId" Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'ModifyDBInstance' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mdbiAllocatedStorage' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'mdbiApplyImmediately' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'mdbiDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mdbiDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mdbiDBSecurityGroups' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'mdbiEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mdbiIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'mdbiMasterUserPassword' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mdbiMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mdbiOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mdbiPreferredBackupWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mdbiStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mdbiTdeCredentialArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mdbiTdeCredentialPassword' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +modifyDBInstance :: Text -- ^ 'mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> ModifyDBInstance +modifyDBInstance p1 = ModifyDBInstance + { _mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 + , _mdbiAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _mdbiDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _mdbiDBSecurityGroups = mempty + , _mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds = mempty + , _mdbiApplyImmediately = Nothing + , _mdbiMasterUserPassword = Nothing + , _mdbiDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _mdbiPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _mdbiMultiAZ = Nothing + , _mdbiEngineVersion = Nothing + , _mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _mdbiIops = Nothing + , _mdbiOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _mdbiStorageType = Nothing + , _mdbiTdeCredentialArn = Nothing + , _mdbiTdeCredentialPassword = Nothing + } + +-- | The new storage capacity of the RDS instance. Changing this setting does +-- not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next +-- maintenance window unless ApplyImmediately is set to true for this +-- request. MySQL Default: Uses existing setting Valid Values: 5-3072 +-- Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current +-- value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value +-- are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. Type: +-- Integer PostgreSQL Default: Uses existing setting Valid Values: 5-3072 +-- Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current +-- value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value +-- are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. Type: +-- Integer Oracle Default: Uses existing setting Valid Values: 10-3072 +-- Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current +-- value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value +-- are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. SQL +-- Server Cannot be modified. If you choose to migrate your DB instance from +-- using standard storage to using Provisioned IOPS, or from using +-- Provisioned IOPS to using standard storage, the process can take time. +-- The duration of the migration depends on several factors such as database +-- load, storage size, storage type (standard or Provisioned IOPS), amount +-- of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number of prior scale storage +-- operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, but the process +-- can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, the DB +-- instance will be available for use, but may experience performance +-- degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the +-- instance will be suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place +-- for the instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the +-- instance, deleting the instance, creating a read replica for the +-- instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance. +mdbiAllocatedStorage :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Int) +mdbiAllocatedStorage = + lens _mdbiAllocatedStorage (\s a -> s { _mdbiAllocatedStorage = a }) + +-- | Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this +-- parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously +-- applied as soon as possible. Constraints: This parameter must be set to +-- true when specifying a value for the EngineVersion parameter that is a +-- different major version than the DB instance's current version. +mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade = + lens _mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade + (\s a -> s { _mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade = a }) + +-- | Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending +-- modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless +-- of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB instance. If this +-- parameter is set to false, changes to the DB instance are applied during +-- the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage +-- and will be applied on the next call to RebootDBInstance, or the next +-- failure reboot. Review the table of parameters in Modifying a DB Instance +-- and Using the Apply Immediately Parameter to see the impact that setting +-- ApplyImmediately to true or false has for each modified parameter and to +-- determine when the changes will be applied. Default: false. +mdbiApplyImmediately :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +mdbiApplyImmediately = + lens _mdbiApplyImmediately (\s a -> s { _mdbiApplyImmediately = a }) + +-- | Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to +-- the DB instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter +-- does not result in an outage except in the following case and the change +-- is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if +-- this parameter is set to true during the maintenance window, and a newer +-- minor version is available, and RDS has enabled auto patching for that +-- engine version. +mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = + lens _mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + (\s a -> s { _mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a }) + +-- | The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to +-- a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables +-- automated backups. Changing this parameter can result in an outage if you +-- change from 0 to a non-zero value or from a non-zero value to 0. These +-- changes are applied during the next maintenance window unless the +-- ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. If you change +-- the parameter from one non-zero value to another non-zero value, the +-- change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Default: Uses +-- existing setting Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 35 Can be +-- specified for a read replica only if the source is running MySQL 5.6 +-- Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to read replicas. +mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Int) +mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod = + lens _mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod + (\s a -> s { _mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod = a }) + +-- | The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance. To determine the +-- instance classes that are available for a particular DB engine, use the +-- DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions action. Passing a value for this +-- setting causes an outage during the change and is applied during the next +-- maintenance window, unless ApplyImmediately is specified as true for this +-- request. Default: Uses existing setting Valid Values: db.t1.micro | +-- db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge | db.m2.xlarge | +-- db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge +-- | db.m3.2xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge | +-- db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium. +mdbiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdbiDBInstanceClass = + lens _mdbiDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _mdbiDBInstanceClass = a }) + +-- | The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. +-- Constraints: Must be the identifier for an existing DB instance Must +-- contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character +-- must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive +-- hyphens. +mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance Text +mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing +-- this setting does not result in an outage. The parameter group name +-- itself is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not +-- applied until you reboot the instance without failover. The db instance +-- will NOT be rebooted automatically and the parameter changes will NOT be +-- applied during the next maintenance window. Default: Uses existing +-- setting Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB +-- parameter group family as this DB instance. +mdbiDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdbiDBParameterGroupName = + lens _mdbiDBParameterGroupName + (\s a -> s { _mdbiDBParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing +-- this setting does not result in an outage and the change is +-- asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Constraints: Must be 1 to 255 +-- alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with +-- a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +mdbiDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance [Text] +mdbiDBSecurityGroups = + lens _mdbiDBSecurityGroups (\s a -> s { _mdbiDBSecurityGroups = a }) + . _List + +-- | The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Changing this +-- parameter results in an outage and the change is applied during the next +-- maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true +-- for this request. For major version upgrades, if a non-default DB +-- parameter group is currently in use, a new DB parameter group in the DB +-- parameter group family for the new engine version must be specified. The +-- new DB parameter group can be the default for that DB parameter group +-- family. Example: 5.1.42. +mdbiEngineVersion :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdbiEngineVersion = + lens _mdbiEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _mdbiEngineVersion = a }) + +-- | The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the RDS +-- instance. Changing this setting does not result in an outage and the +-- change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the +-- ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. Default: Uses +-- existing setting Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater +-- than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the +-- existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the +-- current value. If you are migrating from Provisioned IOPS to standard +-- storage, set this value to 0. The DB instance will require a reboot for +-- the change in storage type to take effect. SQL Server Setting the IOPS +-- value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported. Type: Integer +-- If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to +-- using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard +-- storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends +-- on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type +-- (standard or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and +-- the number of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are +-- under 24 hours, but the process can take up to several days in some +-- cases. During the migration, the DB instance will be available for use, +-- but may experience performance degradation. While the migration takes +-- place, nightly backups for the instance will be suspended. No other +-- Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including +-- modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, +-- creating a read replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of +-- the instance. +mdbiIops :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Int) +mdbiIops = lens _mdbiIops (\s a -> s { _mdbiIops = a }) + +-- | The new password for the DB instance master user. Can be any printable +-- ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". Changing this parameter does not +-- result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as +-- possible. Between the time of the request and the completion of the +-- request, the MasterUserPassword element exists in the +-- PendingModifiedValues element of the operation response. Default: Uses +-- existing setting Constraints: Must be 8 to 41 alphanumeric characters +-- (MySQL), 8 to 30 alphanumeric characters (Oracle), or 8 to 128 +-- alphanumeric characters (SQL Server). +mdbiMasterUserPassword :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdbiMasterUserPassword = + lens _mdbiMasterUserPassword (\s a -> s { _mdbiMasterUserPassword = a }) + +-- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this +-- parameter does not result in an outage and the change is applied during +-- the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set +-- to true for this request. Constraints: Cannot be specified if the DB +-- instance is a read replica. +mdbiMultiAZ :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +mdbiMultiAZ = lens _mdbiMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _mdbiMultiAZ = a }) + +-- | The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB +-- instance. When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot +-- will occur immediately if you set Apply Immediately to true, or will +-- occur during the next maintenance window if Apply Immediately to false. +-- This value is stored as a lowercase string. Constraints: Must contain +-- from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must be a +-- letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified +-- option group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage except +-- in the following case and the change is applied during the next +-- maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true +-- for this request. If the parameter change results in an option group that +-- enables OEM, this change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during +-- which new connections are rejected but existing connections are not +-- interrupted. Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle +-- Advanced Security TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that +-- option group cannot be removed from a DB instance once it is associated +-- with a DB instance. +mdbiOptionGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdbiOptionGroupName = + lens _mdbiOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _mdbiOptionGroupName = a }) + +-- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if +-- automated backups are enabled, as determined by the +-- BackupRetentionPeriod. Changing this parameter does not result in an +-- outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. +-- Constraints: Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi Times should be +-- Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) Must not conflict with the preferred +-- maintenance window Must be at least 30 minutes. +mdbiPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdbiPreferredBackupWindow = + lens _mdbiPreferredBackupWindow + (\s a -> s { _mdbiPreferredBackupWindow = a }) + +-- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, +-- which may result in an outage. Changing this parameter does not result in +-- an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is +-- asynchronously applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions +-- that cause a reboot, and the maintenance window is changed to include the +-- current time, then changing this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB +-- instance. If moving this window to the current time, there must be at +-- least 30 minutes between the current time and end of the window to ensure +-- pending changes are applied. Default: Uses existing setting Format: +-- ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | +-- Sun Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes. +mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = + lens _mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow + (\s a -> s { _mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a }) + +-- | Specifies storage type to be associated with the DB Instance. Valid +-- values: standard | gp2 | io1 If you specify io1, you must also include a +-- value for the Iops parameter. +mdbiStorageType :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdbiStorageType = lens _mdbiStorageType (\s a -> s { _mdbiStorageType = a }) + +-- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE +-- encryption. +mdbiTdeCredentialArn :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdbiTdeCredentialArn = + lens _mdbiTdeCredentialArn (\s a -> s { _mdbiTdeCredentialArn = a }) + +-- | The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the +-- device. +mdbiTdeCredentialPassword :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdbiTdeCredentialPassword = + lens _mdbiTdeCredentialPassword + (\s a -> s { _mdbiTdeCredentialPassword = a }) + +-- | A list of EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. This +-- change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Constraints: Must +-- be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter +-- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance [Text] +mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds = + lens _mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds (\s a -> s { _mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds = a }) + . _List + +newtype ModifyDBInstanceResponse = ModifyDBInstanceResponse + { _mdbirDBInstance :: Maybe DBInstance + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ModifyDBInstanceResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mdbirDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBInstance' +-- +modifyDBInstanceResponse :: ModifyDBInstanceResponse +modifyDBInstanceResponse = ModifyDBInstanceResponse + { _mdbirDBInstance = Nothing + } + +mdbirDBInstance :: Lens' ModifyDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) +mdbirDBInstance = lens _mdbirDBInstance (\s a -> s { _mdbirDBInstance = a }) + +instance ToPath ModifyDBInstance where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery ModifyDBInstance where + toQuery ModifyDBInstance{..} = mconcat + [ "AllocatedStorage" =? _mdbiAllocatedStorage + , "AllowMajorVersionUpgrade" =? _mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade + , "ApplyImmediately" =? _mdbiApplyImmediately + , "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =? _mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , "BackupRetentionPeriod" =? _mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod + , "DBInstanceClass" =? _mdbiDBInstanceClass + , "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier + , "DBParameterGroupName" =? _mdbiDBParameterGroupName + , "DBSecurityGroups" =? _mdbiDBSecurityGroups + , "EngineVersion" =? _mdbiEngineVersion + , "Iops" =? _mdbiIops + , "MasterUserPassword" =? _mdbiMasterUserPassword + , "MultiAZ" =? _mdbiMultiAZ + , "NewDBInstanceIdentifier" =? _mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier + , "OptionGroupName" =? _mdbiOptionGroupName + , "PreferredBackupWindow" =? _mdbiPreferredBackupWindow + , "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =? _mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , "StorageType" =? _mdbiStorageType + , "TdeCredentialArn" =? _mdbiTdeCredentialArn + , "TdeCredentialPassword" =? _mdbiTdeCredentialPassword + , "VpcSecurityGroupIds" =? _mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds + ] + +instance ToHeaders ModifyDBInstance + +instance AWSRequest ModifyDBInstance where + type Sv ModifyDBInstance = RDS + type Rs ModifyDBInstance = ModifyDBInstanceResponse + + request = post "ModifyDBInstance" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML ModifyDBInstanceResponse where + parseXML = withElement "ModifyDBInstanceResult" $ \x -> ModifyDBInstanceResponse + <$> x .@? "DBInstance" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBParameterGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBParameterGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBParameterGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one +-- parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, +-- and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single +-- request. After you modify a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 +-- minutes before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter +-- group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully +-- complete the modify action before the parameter group is used as the +-- default for a new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters +-- that are critical when creating the default database for a DB instance, +-- such as the character set for the default database defined by the +-- character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option +-- of the Amazon RDS console or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify +-- that your DB parameter group has been created or modified. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBParameterGroup + ( + -- * Request + ModifyDBParameterGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , modifyDBParameterGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , mdbpgDBParameterGroupName + , mdbpgParameters + + -- * Response + , ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , modifyDBParameterGroupResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , mdbpgrDBParameterGroupName + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data ModifyDBParameterGroup = ModifyDBParameterGroup + { _mdbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Text + , _mdbpgParameters :: List "Parameter" Parameter + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ModifyDBParameterGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mdbpgDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mdbpgParameters' @::@ ['Parameter'] +-- +modifyDBParameterGroup :: Text -- ^ 'mdbpgDBParameterGroupName' + -> ModifyDBParameterGroup +modifyDBParameterGroup p1 = ModifyDBParameterGroup + { _mdbpgDBParameterGroupName = p1 + , _mdbpgParameters = mempty + } + +-- | The name of the DB parameter group. Constraints: Must be the name of an +-- existing DB parameter group Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two +-- consecutive hyphens. +mdbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBParameterGroup Text +mdbpgDBParameterGroupName = + lens _mdbpgDBParameterGroupName + (\s a -> s { _mdbpgDBParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the +-- parameter update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method +-- must be supplied; subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 +-- parameters may be modified in a single request. Valid Values (for the +-- application method): immediate | pending-reboot. +mdbpgParameters :: Lens' ModifyDBParameterGroup [Parameter] +mdbpgParameters = lens _mdbpgParameters (\s a -> s { _mdbpgParameters = a }) . _List + +newtype ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse = ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse + { _mdbpgrDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid) + +-- | 'ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mdbpgrDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +modifyDBParameterGroupResponse :: ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse +modifyDBParameterGroupResponse = ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse + { _mdbpgrDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the DB parameter group. +mdbpgrDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse (Maybe Text) +mdbpgrDBParameterGroupName = + lens _mdbpgrDBParameterGroupName + (\s a -> s { _mdbpgrDBParameterGroupName = a }) + +instance ToPath ModifyDBParameterGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery ModifyDBParameterGroup where + toQuery ModifyDBParameterGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "DBParameterGroupName" =? _mdbpgDBParameterGroupName + , "Parameters" =? _mdbpgParameters + ] + +instance ToHeaders ModifyDBParameterGroup + +instance AWSRequest ModifyDBParameterGroup where + type Sv ModifyDBParameterGroup = RDS + type Rs ModifyDBParameterGroup = ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse + + request = post "ModifyDBParameterGroup" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse where + parseXML = withElement "ModifyDBParameterGroupResult" $ \x -> ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse + <$> x .@? "DBParameterGroupName" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSubnetGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSubnetGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSubnetGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBSubnetGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at +-- least one subnet in at least two AZs in the region. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBSubnetGroup + ( + -- * Request + ModifyDBSubnetGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , modifyDBSubnetGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription + , mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName + , mdbsgSubnetIds + + -- * Response + , ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , modifyDBSubnetGroupResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , mdbsgrDBSubnetGroup + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data ModifyDBSubnetGroup = ModifyDBSubnetGroup + { _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription :: Maybe Text + , _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Text + , _mdbsgSubnetIds :: List "SubnetIdentifier" Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'ModifyDBSubnetGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mdbsgSubnetIds' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +modifyDBSubnetGroup :: Text -- ^ 'mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName' + -> ModifyDBSubnetGroup +modifyDBSubnetGroup p1 = ModifyDBSubnetGroup + { _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName = p1 + , _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = Nothing + , _mdbsgSubnetIds = mempty + } + +-- | The description for the DB subnet group. +mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = + lens _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription + (\s a -> s { _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = a }) + +-- | The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase +-- string. Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric +-- characters or hyphens. Must not be "Default". Example: mySubnetgroup. +mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroup Text +mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName = + lens _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName (\s a -> s { _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName = a }) + +-- | The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. +mdbsgSubnetIds :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroup [Text] +mdbsgSubnetIds = lens _mdbsgSubnetIds (\s a -> s { _mdbsgSubnetIds = a }) . _List + +newtype ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse = ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse + { _mdbsgrDBSubnetGroup :: Maybe DBSubnetGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mdbsgrDBSubnetGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSubnetGroup' +-- +modifyDBSubnetGroupResponse :: ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse +modifyDBSubnetGroupResponse = ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse + { _mdbsgrDBSubnetGroup = Nothing + } + +mdbsgrDBSubnetGroup :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse (Maybe DBSubnetGroup) +mdbsgrDBSubnetGroup = + lens _mdbsgrDBSubnetGroup (\s a -> s { _mdbsgrDBSubnetGroup = a }) + +instance ToPath ModifyDBSubnetGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery ModifyDBSubnetGroup where + toQuery ModifyDBSubnetGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "DBSubnetGroupDescription" =? _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription + , "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName + , "SubnetIds" =? _mdbsgSubnetIds + ] + +instance ToHeaders ModifyDBSubnetGroup + +instance AWSRequest ModifyDBSubnetGroup where + type Sv ModifyDBSubnetGroup = RDS + type Rs ModifyDBSubnetGroup = ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse + + request = post "ModifyDBSubnetGroup" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse where + parseXML = withElement "ModifyDBSubnetGroupResult" $ \x -> ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse + <$> x .@? "DBSubnetGroup" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyEventSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyEventSubscription.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyEventSubscription.hs @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyEventSubscription +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Modifies an existing RDS event notification subscription. Note that you +-- cannot modify the source identifiers using this call; to change source +-- identifiers for a subscription, use the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription +-- and RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription calls. You can see a list of the +-- event categories for a given SourceType in the Events topic in the Amazon +-- RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories action. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyEventSubscription + ( + -- * Request + ModifyEventSubscription + -- ** Request constructor + , modifyEventSubscription + -- ** Request lenses + , mesEnabled + , mesEventCategories + , mesSnsTopicArn + , mesSourceType + , mesSubscriptionName + + -- * Response + , ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , modifyEventSubscriptionResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , mesrEventSubscription + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data ModifyEventSubscription = ModifyEventSubscription + { _mesEnabled :: Maybe Bool + , _mesEventCategories :: List "EventCategory" Text + , _mesSnsTopicArn :: Maybe Text + , _mesSourceType :: Maybe Text + , _mesSubscriptionName :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'ModifyEventSubscription' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mesEnabled' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'mesEventCategories' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'mesSnsTopicArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mesSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mesSubscriptionName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +modifyEventSubscription :: Text -- ^ 'mesSubscriptionName' + -> ModifyEventSubscription +modifyEventSubscription p1 = ModifyEventSubscription + { _mesSubscriptionName = p1 + , _mesSnsTopicArn = Nothing + , _mesSourceType = Nothing + , _mesEventCategories = mempty + , _mesEnabled = Nothing + } + +-- | A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription. +mesEnabled :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Bool) +mesEnabled = lens _mesEnabled (\s a -> s { _mesEnabled = a }) + +-- | A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe +-- to. You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the +-- Events topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the +-- DescribeEventCategories action. +mesEventCategories :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription [Text] +mesEventCategories = + lens _mesEventCategories (\s a -> s { _mesEventCategories = a }) + . _List + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event +-- notification. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic +-- and subscribe to it. +mesSnsTopicArn :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Text) +mesSnsTopicArn = lens _mesSnsTopicArn (\s a -> s { _mesSnsTopicArn = a }) + +-- | The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if +-- you want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would +-- set this parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all +-- events are returned. Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | +-- db-security-group | db-snapshot. +mesSourceType :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Text) +mesSourceType = lens _mesSourceType (\s a -> s { _mesSourceType = a }) + +-- | The name of the RDS event notification subscription. +mesSubscriptionName :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription Text +mesSubscriptionName = + lens _mesSubscriptionName (\s a -> s { _mesSubscriptionName = a }) + +newtype ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse = ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse + { _mesrEventSubscription :: Maybe EventSubscription + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mesrEventSubscription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'EventSubscription' +-- +modifyEventSubscriptionResponse :: ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse +modifyEventSubscriptionResponse = ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse + { _mesrEventSubscription = Nothing + } + +mesrEventSubscription :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) +mesrEventSubscription = + lens _mesrEventSubscription (\s a -> s { _mesrEventSubscription = a }) + +instance ToPath ModifyEventSubscription where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery ModifyEventSubscription where + toQuery ModifyEventSubscription{..} = mconcat + [ "Enabled" =? _mesEnabled + , "EventCategories" =? _mesEventCategories + , "SnsTopicArn" =? _mesSnsTopicArn + , "SourceType" =? _mesSourceType + , "SubscriptionName" =? _mesSubscriptionName + ] + +instance ToHeaders ModifyEventSubscription + +instance AWSRequest ModifyEventSubscription where + type Sv ModifyEventSubscription = RDS + type Rs ModifyEventSubscription = ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse + + request = post "ModifyEventSubscription" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse where + parseXML = withElement "ModifyEventSubscriptionResult" $ \x -> ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse + <$> x .@? "EventSubscription" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyOptionGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyOptionGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyOptionGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyOptionGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Modifies an existing option group. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyOptionGroup + ( + -- * Request + ModifyOptionGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , modifyOptionGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , mogApplyImmediately + , mogOptionGroupName + , mogOptionsToInclude + , mogOptionsToRemove + + -- * Response + , ModifyOptionGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , modifyOptionGroupResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , mogrOptionGroup + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data ModifyOptionGroup = ModifyOptionGroup + { _mogApplyImmediately :: Maybe Bool + , _mogOptionGroupName :: Text + , _mogOptionsToInclude :: List "OptionConfiguration" OptionConfiguration + , _mogOptionsToRemove :: List "OptionsToRemove" Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ModifyOptionGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mogApplyImmediately' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'mogOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'mogOptionsToInclude' @::@ ['OptionConfiguration'] +-- +-- * 'mogOptionsToRemove' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +modifyOptionGroup :: Text -- ^ 'mogOptionGroupName' + -> ModifyOptionGroup +modifyOptionGroup p1 = ModifyOptionGroup + { _mogOptionGroupName = p1 + , _mogOptionsToInclude = mempty + , _mogOptionsToRemove = mempty + , _mogApplyImmediately = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates whether the changes should be applied immediately, or during +-- the next maintenance window for each instance associated with the option +-- group. +mogApplyImmediately :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroup (Maybe Bool) +mogApplyImmediately = + lens _mogApplyImmediately (\s a -> s { _mogApplyImmediately = a }) + +-- | The name of the option group to be modified. Permanent options, such as +-- the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, cannot be removed from +-- an option group, and that option group cannot be removed from a DB +-- instance once it is associated with a DB instance. +mogOptionGroupName :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroup Text +mogOptionGroupName = + lens _mogOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _mogOptionGroupName = a }) + +-- | Options in this list are added to the option group or, if already +-- present, the specified configuration is used to update the existing +-- configuration. +mogOptionsToInclude :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroup [OptionConfiguration] +mogOptionsToInclude = + lens _mogOptionsToInclude (\s a -> s { _mogOptionsToInclude = a }) + . _List + +-- | Options in this list are removed from the option group. +mogOptionsToRemove :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroup [Text] +mogOptionsToRemove = + lens _mogOptionsToRemove (\s a -> s { _mogOptionsToRemove = a }) + . _List + +newtype ModifyOptionGroupResponse = ModifyOptionGroupResponse + { _mogrOptionGroup :: Maybe OptionGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ModifyOptionGroupResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'mogrOptionGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'OptionGroup' +-- +modifyOptionGroupResponse :: ModifyOptionGroupResponse +modifyOptionGroupResponse = ModifyOptionGroupResponse + { _mogrOptionGroup = Nothing + } + +mogrOptionGroup :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroupResponse (Maybe OptionGroup) +mogrOptionGroup = lens _mogrOptionGroup (\s a -> s { _mogrOptionGroup = a }) + +instance ToPath ModifyOptionGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery ModifyOptionGroup where + toQuery ModifyOptionGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "ApplyImmediately" =? _mogApplyImmediately + , "OptionGroupName" =? _mogOptionGroupName + , "OptionsToInclude" =? _mogOptionsToInclude + , "OptionsToRemove" =? _mogOptionsToRemove + ] + +instance ToHeaders ModifyOptionGroup + +instance AWSRequest ModifyOptionGroup where + type Sv ModifyOptionGroup = RDS + type Rs ModifyOptionGroup = ModifyOptionGroupResponse + + request = post "ModifyOptionGroup" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML ModifyOptionGroupResponse where + parseXML = withElement "ModifyOptionGroupResult" $ \x -> ModifyOptionGroupResponse + <$> x .@? "OptionGroup" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PromoteReadReplica.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PromoteReadReplica.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PromoteReadReplica.hs @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.PromoteReadReplica +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Promotes a read replica DB instance to a standalone DB instance. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.PromoteReadReplica + ( + -- * Request + PromoteReadReplica + -- ** Request constructor + , promoteReadReplica + -- ** Request lenses + , prrBackupRetentionPeriod + , prrDBInstanceIdentifier + , prrPreferredBackupWindow + + -- * Response + , PromoteReadReplicaResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , promoteReadReplicaResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , prrrDBInstance + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data PromoteReadReplica = PromoteReadReplica + { _prrBackupRetentionPeriod :: Maybe Int + , _prrDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text + , _prrPreferredBackupWindow :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'PromoteReadReplica' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'prrBackupRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'prrDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'prrPreferredBackupWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +promoteReadReplica :: Text -- ^ 'prrDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> PromoteReadReplica +promoteReadReplica p1 = PromoteReadReplica + { _prrDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 + , _prrBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _prrPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + } + +-- | The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to +-- a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables +-- automated backups. Default: 1 Constraints: Must be a value from 0 to 8. +prrBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' PromoteReadReplica (Maybe Int) +prrBackupRetentionPeriod = + lens _prrBackupRetentionPeriod + (\s a -> s { _prrBackupRetentionPeriod = a }) + +-- | The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. +-- Constraints: Must be the identifier for an existing read replica DB +-- instance Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two +-- consecutive hyphens Example: mydbinstance. +prrDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' PromoteReadReplica Text +prrDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _prrDBInstanceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _prrDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if +-- automated backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. +-- Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of +-- time per region. See the Amazon RDS User Guide for the time blocks for +-- each region from which the default backup windows are assigned. +-- Constraints: Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. Times should be +-- Universal Time Coordinated (UTC). Must not conflict with the preferred +-- maintenance window. Must be at least 30 minutes. +prrPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' PromoteReadReplica (Maybe Text) +prrPreferredBackupWindow = + lens _prrPreferredBackupWindow + (\s a -> s { _prrPreferredBackupWindow = a }) + +newtype PromoteReadReplicaResponse = PromoteReadReplicaResponse + { _prrrDBInstance :: Maybe DBInstance + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'PromoteReadReplicaResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'prrrDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBInstance' +-- +promoteReadReplicaResponse :: PromoteReadReplicaResponse +promoteReadReplicaResponse = PromoteReadReplicaResponse + { _prrrDBInstance = Nothing + } + +prrrDBInstance :: Lens' PromoteReadReplicaResponse (Maybe DBInstance) +prrrDBInstance = lens _prrrDBInstance (\s a -> s { _prrrDBInstance = a }) + +instance ToPath PromoteReadReplica where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery PromoteReadReplica where + toQuery PromoteReadReplica{..} = mconcat + [ "BackupRetentionPeriod" =? _prrBackupRetentionPeriod + , "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _prrDBInstanceIdentifier + , "PreferredBackupWindow" =? _prrPreferredBackupWindow + ] + +instance ToHeaders PromoteReadReplica + +instance AWSRequest PromoteReadReplica where + type Sv PromoteReadReplica = RDS + type Rs PromoteReadReplica = PromoteReadReplicaResponse + + request = post "PromoteReadReplica" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML PromoteReadReplicaResponse where + parseXML = withElement "PromoteReadReplicaResult" $ \x -> PromoteReadReplicaResponse + <$> x .@? "DBInstance" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering.hs @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Purchases a reserved DB instance offering. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering + ( + -- * Request + PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering + -- ** Request constructor + , purchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering + -- ** Request lenses + , prdbioDBInstanceCount + , prdbioReservedDBInstanceId + , prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + , prdbioTags + + -- * Response + , PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , purchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , prdbiorReservedDBInstance + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering + { _prdbioDBInstanceCount :: Maybe Int + , _prdbioReservedDBInstanceId :: Maybe Text + , _prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Text + , _prdbioTags :: List "Tag" Tag + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'prdbioDBInstanceCount' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'prdbioReservedDBInstanceId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'prdbioTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +purchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering :: Text -- ^ 'prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' + -> PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering +purchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering p1 = PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering + { _prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = p1 + , _prdbioReservedDBInstanceId = Nothing + , _prdbioDBInstanceCount = Nothing + , _prdbioTags = mempty + } + +-- | The number of instances to reserve. Default: 1. +prdbioDBInstanceCount :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Int) +prdbioDBInstanceCount = + lens _prdbioDBInstanceCount (\s a -> s { _prdbioDBInstanceCount = a }) + +-- | Customer-specified identifier to track this reservation. Example: +-- myreservationID. +prdbioReservedDBInstanceId :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +prdbioReservedDBInstanceId = + lens _prdbioReservedDBInstanceId + (\s a -> s { _prdbioReservedDBInstanceId = a }) + +-- | The ID of the Reserved DB instance offering to purchase. Example: +-- 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706. +prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering Text +prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = + lens _prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + (\s a -> s { _prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a }) + +prdbioTags :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering [Tag] +prdbioTags = lens _prdbioTags (\s a -> s { _prdbioTags = a }) . _List + +newtype PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse = PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse + { _prdbiorReservedDBInstance :: Maybe ReservedDBInstance + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'prdbiorReservedDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'ReservedDBInstance' +-- +purchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse :: PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse +purchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse = PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse + { _prdbiorReservedDBInstance = Nothing + } + +prdbiorReservedDBInstance :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse (Maybe ReservedDBInstance) +prdbiorReservedDBInstance = + lens _prdbiorReservedDBInstance + (\s a -> s { _prdbiorReservedDBInstance = a }) + +instance ToPath PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering where + toQuery PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering{..} = mconcat + [ "DBInstanceCount" =? _prdbioDBInstanceCount + , "ReservedDBInstanceId" =? _prdbioReservedDBInstanceId + , "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId" =? _prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + , "Tags" =? _prdbioTags + ] + +instance ToHeaders PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering + +instance AWSRequest PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering where + type Sv PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = RDS + type Rs PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse + + request = post "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse where + parseXML = withElement "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResult" $ \x -> PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse + <$> x .@? "ReservedDBInstance" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RebootDBInstance.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RebootDBInstance.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RebootDBInstance.hs @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RebootDBInstance +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. A reboot also +-- applies to the DB instance any modifications to the associated DB parameter +-- group that were pending. Rebooting a DB instance results in a momentary +-- outage of the instance, during which the DB instance status is set to +-- rebooting. If the RDS instance is configured for MultiAZ, it is possible +-- that the reboot will be conducted through a failover. An Amazon RDS event +-- is created when the reboot is completed. If your DB instance is deployed in +-- multiple Availability Zones, you can force a failover from one AZ to the +-- other during the reboot. You might force a failover to test the +-- availability of your DB instance deployment or to restore operations to the +-- original AZ after a failover occurs. The time required to reboot is a +-- function of the specific database engine's crash recovery process. To +-- improve the reboot time, we recommend that you reduce database activities +-- as much as possible during the reboot process to reduce rollback activity +-- for in-transit transactions. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.RebootDBInstance + ( + -- * Request + RebootDBInstance + -- ** Request constructor + , rebootDBInstance + -- ** Request lenses + , rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier + , rdbiForceFailover + + -- * Response + , RebootDBInstanceResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , rebootDBInstanceResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , rdbirDBInstance + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data RebootDBInstance = RebootDBInstance + { _rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text + , _rdbiForceFailover :: Maybe Bool + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'RebootDBInstance' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbiForceFailover' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +rebootDBInstance :: Text -- ^ 'rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> RebootDBInstance +rebootDBInstance p1 = RebootDBInstance + { _rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 + , _rdbiForceFailover = Nothing + } + +-- | The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase +-- string. Constraints: Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or +-- hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or +-- contain two consecutive hyphens. +rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' RebootDBInstance Text +rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | When true, the reboot will be conducted through a MultiAZ failover. +-- Constraint: You cannot specify true if the instance is not configured for +-- MultiAZ. +rdbiForceFailover :: Lens' RebootDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +rdbiForceFailover = + lens _rdbiForceFailover (\s a -> s { _rdbiForceFailover = a }) + +newtype RebootDBInstanceResponse = RebootDBInstanceResponse + { _rdbirDBInstance :: Maybe DBInstance + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'RebootDBInstanceResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rdbirDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBInstance' +-- +rebootDBInstanceResponse :: RebootDBInstanceResponse +rebootDBInstanceResponse = RebootDBInstanceResponse + { _rdbirDBInstance = Nothing + } + +rdbirDBInstance :: Lens' RebootDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) +rdbirDBInstance = lens _rdbirDBInstance (\s a -> s { _rdbirDBInstance = a }) + +instance ToPath RebootDBInstance where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery RebootDBInstance where + toQuery RebootDBInstance{..} = mconcat + [ "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier + , "ForceFailover" =? _rdbiForceFailover + ] + +instance ToHeaders RebootDBInstance + +instance AWSRequest RebootDBInstance where + type Sv RebootDBInstance = RDS + type Rs RebootDBInstance = RebootDBInstanceResponse + + request = post "RebootDBInstance" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML RebootDBInstanceResponse where + parseXML = withElement "RebootDBInstanceResult" $ \x -> RebootDBInstanceResponse + <$> x .@? "DBInstance" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription.hs @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Removes a source identifier from an existing RDS event notification +-- subscription. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription + ( + -- * Request + RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription + -- ** Request constructor + , removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscription + -- ** Request lenses + , rsifsSourceIdentifier + , rsifsSubscriptionName + + -- * Response + , RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , rsifsrEventSubscription + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription + { _rsifsSourceIdentifier :: Text + , _rsifsSubscriptionName :: Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rsifsSourceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rsifsSubscriptionName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscription :: Text -- ^ 'rsifsSubscriptionName' + -> Text -- ^ 'rsifsSourceIdentifier' + -> RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription +removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscription p1 p2 = RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription + { _rsifsSubscriptionName = p1 + , _rsifsSourceIdentifier = p2 + } + +-- | The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the DB +-- instance identifier for a DB instance or the name of a security group. +rsifsSourceIdentifier :: Lens' RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription Text +rsifsSourceIdentifier = + lens _rsifsSourceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _rsifsSourceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to remove a +-- source identifier from. +rsifsSubscriptionName :: Lens' RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription Text +rsifsSubscriptionName = + lens _rsifsSubscriptionName (\s a -> s { _rsifsSubscriptionName = a }) + +newtype RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse = RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse + { _rsifsrEventSubscription :: Maybe EventSubscription + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rsifsrEventSubscription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'EventSubscription' +-- +removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse :: RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse +removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse = RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse + { _rsifsrEventSubscription = Nothing + } + +rsifsrEventSubscription :: Lens' RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) +rsifsrEventSubscription = + lens _rsifsrEventSubscription (\s a -> s { _rsifsrEventSubscription = a }) + +instance ToPath RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription where + toQuery RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription{..} = mconcat + [ "SourceIdentifier" =? _rsifsSourceIdentifier + , "SubscriptionName" =? _rsifsSubscriptionName + ] + +instance ToHeaders RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription + +instance AWSRequest RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription where + type Sv RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = RDS + type Rs RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse + + request = post "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse where + parseXML = withElement "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResult" $ \x -> RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse + <$> x .@? "EventSubscription" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveTagsFromResource.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveTagsFromResource.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveTagsFromResource.hs @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveTagsFromResource +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Removes metadata tags from an Amazon RDS resource. For an overview on +-- tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveTagsFromResource + ( + -- * Request + RemoveTagsFromResource + -- ** Request constructor + , removeTagsFromResource + -- ** Request lenses + , rtfrResourceName + , rtfrTagKeys + + -- * Response + , RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , removeTagsFromResourceResponse + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data RemoveTagsFromResource = RemoveTagsFromResource + { _rtfrResourceName :: Text + , _rtfrTagKeys :: List "TagKeys" Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'RemoveTagsFromResource' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rtfrResourceName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rtfrTagKeys' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +removeTagsFromResource :: Text -- ^ 'rtfrResourceName' + -> RemoveTagsFromResource +removeTagsFromResource p1 = RemoveTagsFromResource + { _rtfrResourceName = p1 + , _rtfrTagKeys = mempty + } + +-- | The Amazon RDS resource the tags will be removed from. This value is an +-- Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see +-- Constructing an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN). +rtfrResourceName :: Lens' RemoveTagsFromResource Text +rtfrResourceName = lens _rtfrResourceName (\s a -> s { _rtfrResourceName = a }) + +-- | The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed. +rtfrTagKeys :: Lens' RemoveTagsFromResource [Text] +rtfrTagKeys = lens _rtfrTagKeys (\s a -> s { _rtfrTagKeys = a }) . _List + +data RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse = RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse + deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Generic) + +-- | 'RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse' constructor. +removeTagsFromResourceResponse :: RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse +removeTagsFromResourceResponse = RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse + +instance ToPath RemoveTagsFromResource where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery RemoveTagsFromResource where + toQuery RemoveTagsFromResource{..} = mconcat + [ "ResourceName" =? _rtfrResourceName + , "TagKeys" =? _rtfrTagKeys + ] + +instance ToHeaders RemoveTagsFromResource + +instance AWSRequest RemoveTagsFromResource where + type Sv RemoveTagsFromResource = RDS + type Rs RemoveTagsFromResource = RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse + + request = post "RemoveTagsFromResource" + response = nullResponse RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBParameterGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBParameterGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBParameterGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine/system +-- default value. To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: +-- ParameterName and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB parameter group, +-- specify the DBParameterGroup name and ResetAllParameters parameters. When +-- resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately and +-- static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB +-- instance restart or RebootDBInstance request. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBParameterGroup + ( + -- * Request + ResetDBParameterGroup + -- ** Request constructor + , resetDBParameterGroup + -- ** Request lenses + , rdbpgDBParameterGroupName + , rdbpgParameters + , rdbpgResetAllParameters + + -- * Response + , ResetDBParameterGroupResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , resetDBParameterGroupResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , rdbpgrDBParameterGroupName + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data ResetDBParameterGroup = ResetDBParameterGroup + { _rdbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Text + , _rdbpgParameters :: List "Parameter" Parameter + , _rdbpgResetAllParameters :: Maybe Bool + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ResetDBParameterGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rdbpgDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbpgParameters' @::@ ['Parameter'] +-- +-- * 'rdbpgResetAllParameters' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +resetDBParameterGroup :: Text -- ^ 'rdbpgDBParameterGroupName' + -> ResetDBParameterGroup +resetDBParameterGroup p1 = ResetDBParameterGroup + { _rdbpgDBParameterGroupName = p1 + , _rdbpgResetAllParameters = Nothing + , _rdbpgParameters = mempty + } + +-- | The name of the DB parameter group. Constraints: Must be 1 to 255 +-- alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with +-- a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +rdbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' ResetDBParameterGroup Text +rdbpgDBParameterGroupName = + lens _rdbpgDBParameterGroupName + (\s a -> s { _rdbpgDBParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the +-- parameter update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method +-- must be supplied; subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 +-- parameters may be modified in a single request. MySQL Valid Values (for +-- Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot You can use the immediate value +-- with dynamic parameters only. You can use the pending-reboot value for +-- both dynamic and static parameters, and changes are applied when DB +-- instance reboots. Oracle Valid Values (for Apply method): pending-reboot. +rdbpgParameters :: Lens' ResetDBParameterGroup [Parameter] +rdbpgParameters = lens _rdbpgParameters (\s a -> s { _rdbpgParameters = a }) . _List + +-- | Specifies whether (true) or not (false) to reset all parameters in the DB +-- parameter group to default values. Default: true. +rdbpgResetAllParameters :: Lens' ResetDBParameterGroup (Maybe Bool) +rdbpgResetAllParameters = + lens _rdbpgResetAllParameters (\s a -> s { _rdbpgResetAllParameters = a }) + +newtype ResetDBParameterGroupResponse = ResetDBParameterGroupResponse + { _rdbpgrDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid) + +-- | 'ResetDBParameterGroupResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rdbpgrDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +resetDBParameterGroupResponse :: ResetDBParameterGroupResponse +resetDBParameterGroupResponse = ResetDBParameterGroupResponse + { _rdbpgrDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the DB parameter group. +rdbpgrDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' ResetDBParameterGroupResponse (Maybe Text) +rdbpgrDBParameterGroupName = + lens _rdbpgrDBParameterGroupName + (\s a -> s { _rdbpgrDBParameterGroupName = a }) + +instance ToPath ResetDBParameterGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery ResetDBParameterGroup where + toQuery ResetDBParameterGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "DBParameterGroupName" =? _rdbpgDBParameterGroupName + , "Parameters" =? _rdbpgParameters + , "ResetAllParameters" =? _rdbpgResetAllParameters + ] + +instance ToHeaders ResetDBParameterGroup + +instance AWSRequest ResetDBParameterGroup where + type Sv ResetDBParameterGroup = RDS + type Rs ResetDBParameterGroup = ResetDBParameterGroupResponse + + request = post "ResetDBParameterGroup" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML ResetDBParameterGroupResponse where + parseXML = withElement "ResetDBParameterGroupResult" $ \x -> ResetDBParameterGroupResponse + <$> x .@? "DBParameterGroupName" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot.hs @@ -0,0 +1,348 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is +-- created from the source database restore point with the same configuration +-- as the original source database, except that the new RDS instance is +-- created with the default security group. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + ( + -- * Request + RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + -- ** Request constructor + , restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + -- ** Request lenses + , rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone + , rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass + , rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier + , rdbifdbsDBName + , rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier + , rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName + , rdbifdbsEngine + , rdbifdbsIops + , rdbifdbsLicenseModel + , rdbifdbsMultiAZ + , rdbifdbsOptionGroupName + , rdbifdbsPort + , rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible + , rdbifdbsStorageType + , rdbifdbsTags + , rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn + , rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword + + -- * Response + , RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , rdbifdbsrDBInstance + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + { _rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool + , _rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text + , _rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text + , _rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text + , _rdbifdbsDBName :: Maybe Text + , _rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Text + , _rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _rdbifdbsEngine :: Maybe Text + , _rdbifdbsIops :: Maybe Int + , _rdbifdbsLicenseModel :: Maybe Text + , _rdbifdbsMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool + , _rdbifdbsOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _rdbifdbsPort :: Maybe Int + , _rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible :: Maybe Bool + , _rdbifdbsStorageType :: Maybe Text + , _rdbifdbsTags :: List "Tag" Tag + , _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn :: Maybe Text + , _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsDBName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsEngine' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsLicenseModel' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot :: Text -- ^ 'rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier' + -> RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot +restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot p1 p2 = RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + { _rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 + , _rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = p2 + , _rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _rdbifdbsPort = Nothing + , _rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _rdbifdbsMultiAZ = Nothing + , _rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _rdbifdbsLicenseModel = Nothing + , _rdbifdbsDBName = Nothing + , _rdbifdbsEngine = Nothing + , _rdbifdbsIops = Nothing + , _rdbifdbsOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _rdbifdbsTags = mempty + , _rdbifdbsStorageType = Nothing + , _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn = Nothing + , _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to +-- the DB instance during the maintenance window. +rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) +rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = + lens _rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a }) + +-- | The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in. +-- Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. Constraint: You +-- cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is +-- set to true. Example: us-east-1a. +rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone = + lens _rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone + (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone = a }) + +-- | The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance. Valid +-- Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | +-- db.m1.xlarge | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large +-- | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | +-- db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small +-- | db.t2.medium. +rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass = + lens _rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass = a }) + +-- | Name of the DB instance to create from the DB snapshot. This parameter +-- isn't case sensitive. Constraints: Must contain from 1 to 255 +-- alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must be a letter +-- Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: +-- my-snapshot-id. +rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot Text +rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The database name for the restored DB instance. +rdbifdbsDBName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdbifdbsDBName = lens _rdbifdbsDBName (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsDBName = a }) + +-- | The identifier for the DB snapshot to restore from. Constraints: Must +-- contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character +-- must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive +-- hyphens. +rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot Text +rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = + lens _rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. +rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName = + lens _rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName + (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName = a }) + +-- | The database engine to use for the new instance. Default: The same as +-- source Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source +-- Example: oracle-ee. +rdbifdbsEngine :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdbifdbsEngine = lens _rdbifdbsEngine (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsEngine = a }) + +-- | Specifies the amount of provisioned IOPS for the DB instance, expressed +-- in I/O operations per second. If this parameter is not specified, the +-- IOPS value will be taken from the backup. If this parameter is set to 0, +-- the new instance will be converted to a non-PIOPS instance, which will +-- take additional time, though your DB instance will be available for +-- connections before the conversion starts. Constraints: Must be an integer +-- greater than 1000. SQL Server Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server +-- database engine is not supported. +rdbifdbsIops :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Int) +rdbifdbsIops = lens _rdbifdbsIops (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsIops = a }) + +-- | License model information for the restored DB instance. Default: Same as +-- source. Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | +-- general-public-license. +rdbifdbsLicenseModel :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdbifdbsLicenseModel = + lens _rdbifdbsLicenseModel (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsLicenseModel = a }) + +-- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Constraint: You +-- cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is +-- set to true. +rdbifdbsMultiAZ :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) +rdbifdbsMultiAZ = lens _rdbifdbsMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsMultiAZ = a }) + +-- | The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. +-- Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security +-- TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot +-- be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance. +rdbifdbsOptionGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdbifdbsOptionGroupName = + lens _rdbifdbsOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsOptionGroupName = a }) + +-- | The port number on which the database accepts connections. Default: The +-- same port as the original DB instance Constraints: Value must be +-- 1150-65535. +rdbifdbsPort :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Int) +rdbifdbsPort = lens _rdbifdbsPort (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsPort = a }) + +-- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true +-- specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS +-- name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies +-- an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP +-- address. Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC +-- has been requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior +-- in each case. Default VPC:true VPC:false If no DB subnet group has been +-- specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not +-- been set, the DB instance will be publicly accessible. If a specific DB +-- subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the +-- PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be +-- private. +rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) +rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible = + lens _rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible + (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible = a }) + +-- | Specifies storage type to be associated with the DB Instance. Valid +-- values: standard | gp2 | io1 If you specify io1, you must also include a +-- value for the Iops parameter. +rdbifdbsStorageType :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdbifdbsStorageType = + lens _rdbifdbsStorageType (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsStorageType = a }) + +rdbifdbsTags :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot [Tag] +rdbifdbsTags = lens _rdbifdbsTags (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsTags = a }) . _List + +-- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE +-- encryption. +rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn = + lens _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn + (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn = a }) + +-- | The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the +-- device. +rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword = + lens _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword + (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword = a }) + +newtype RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse = RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse + { _rdbifdbsrDBInstance :: Maybe DBInstance + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rdbifdbsrDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBInstance' +-- +restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse :: RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse +restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse = RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse + { _rdbifdbsrDBInstance = Nothing + } + +rdbifdbsrDBInstance :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBInstance) +rdbifdbsrDBInstance = + lens _rdbifdbsrDBInstance (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsrDBInstance = a }) + +instance ToPath RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot where + toQuery RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot{..} = mconcat + [ "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =? _rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , "AvailabilityZone" =? _rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone + , "DBInstanceClass" =? _rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass + , "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier + , "DBName" =? _rdbifdbsDBName + , "DBSnapshotIdentifier" =? _rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier + , "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName + , "Engine" =? _rdbifdbsEngine + , "Iops" =? _rdbifdbsIops + , "LicenseModel" =? _rdbifdbsLicenseModel + , "MultiAZ" =? _rdbifdbsMultiAZ + , "OptionGroupName" =? _rdbifdbsOptionGroupName + , "Port" =? _rdbifdbsPort + , "PubliclyAccessible" =? _rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible + , "StorageType" =? _rdbifdbsStorageType + , "Tags" =? _rdbifdbsTags + , "TdeCredentialArn" =? _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn + , "TdeCredentialPassword" =? _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword + ] + +instance ToHeaders RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + +instance AWSRequest RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot where + type Sv RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = RDS + type Rs RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse + + request = post "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse where + parseXML = withElement "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResult" $ \x -> RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse + <$> x .@? "DBInstance" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime.hs @@ -0,0 +1,375 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Restores a DB instance to an arbitrary point-in-time. Users can restore to +-- any point in time before the latestRestorableTime for up to +-- backupRetentionPeriod days. The target database is created from the source +-- database with the same configuration as the original database except that +-- the DB instance is created with the default DB security group. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime + ( + -- * Request + RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime + -- ** Request constructor + , restoreDBInstanceToPointInTime + -- ** Request lenses + , rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , rdbitpitAvailabilityZone + , rdbitpitDBInstanceClass + , rdbitpitDBName + , rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName + , rdbitpitEngine + , rdbitpitIops + , rdbitpitLicenseModel + , rdbitpitMultiAZ + , rdbitpitOptionGroupName + , rdbitpitPort + , rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible + , rdbitpitRestoreTime + , rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier + , rdbitpitStorageType + , rdbitpitTags + , rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier + , rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn + , rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword + , rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime + + -- * Response + , RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , restoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , rdbitpitrDBInstance + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime + { _rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool + , _rdbitpitAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text + , _rdbitpitDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text + , _rdbitpitDBName :: Maybe Text + , _rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _rdbitpitEngine :: Maybe Text + , _rdbitpitIops :: Maybe Int + , _rdbitpitLicenseModel :: Maybe Text + , _rdbitpitMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool + , _rdbitpitOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _rdbitpitPort :: Maybe Int + , _rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible :: Maybe Bool + , _rdbitpitRestoreTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text + , _rdbitpitStorageType :: Maybe Text + , _rdbitpitTags :: List "Tag" Tag + , _rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text + , _rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn :: Maybe Text + , _rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword :: Maybe Text + , _rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime :: Maybe Bool + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitDBName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitEngine' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitLicenseModel' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitRestoreTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +restoreDBInstanceToPointInTime :: Text -- ^ 'rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime +restoreDBInstanceToPointInTime p1 p2 = RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime + { _rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 + , _rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = p2 + , _rdbitpitRestoreTime = Nothing + , _rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime = Nothing + , _rdbitpitDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _rdbitpitPort = Nothing + , _rdbitpitAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _rdbitpitMultiAZ = Nothing + , _rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _rdbitpitLicenseModel = Nothing + , _rdbitpitDBName = Nothing + , _rdbitpitEngine = Nothing + , _rdbitpitIops = Nothing + , _rdbitpitOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _rdbitpitTags = mempty + , _rdbitpitStorageType = Nothing + , _rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn = Nothing + , _rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to +-- the DB instance during the maintenance window. +rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) +rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = + lens _rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a }) + +-- | The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in. +-- Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. Constraint: You +-- cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is +-- set to true. Example: us-east-1a. +rdbitpitAvailabilityZone :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rdbitpitAvailabilityZone = + lens _rdbitpitAvailabilityZone + (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitAvailabilityZone = a }) + +-- | The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance. Valid +-- Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | +-- db.m1.xlarge | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large +-- | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | +-- db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small +-- | db.t2.medium Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB +-- instance. +rdbitpitDBInstanceClass :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rdbitpitDBInstanceClass = + lens _rdbitpitDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitDBInstanceClass = a }) + +-- | The database name for the restored DB instance. +rdbitpitDBName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rdbitpitDBName = lens _rdbitpitDBName (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitDBName = a }) + +-- | The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. +rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName = + lens _rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName + (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName = a }) + +-- | The database engine to use for the new instance. Default: The same as +-- source Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source +-- Example: oracle-ee. +rdbitpitEngine :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rdbitpitEngine = lens _rdbitpitEngine (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitEngine = a }) + +-- | The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be +-- initially allocated for the DB instance. Constraints: Must be an integer +-- greater than 1000. SQL Server Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server +-- database engine is not supported. +rdbitpitIops :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Int) +rdbitpitIops = lens _rdbitpitIops (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitIops = a }) + +-- | License model information for the restored DB instance. Default: Same as +-- source. Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | +-- general-public-license. +rdbitpitLicenseModel :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rdbitpitLicenseModel = + lens _rdbitpitLicenseModel (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitLicenseModel = a }) + +-- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Constraint: You +-- cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is +-- set to true. +rdbitpitMultiAZ :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) +rdbitpitMultiAZ = lens _rdbitpitMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitMultiAZ = a }) + +-- | The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. +-- Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security +-- TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot +-- be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance. +rdbitpitOptionGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rdbitpitOptionGroupName = + lens _rdbitpitOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitOptionGroupName = a }) + +-- | The port number on which the database accepts connections. Constraints: +-- Value must be 1150-65535 Default: The same port as the original DB +-- instance. +rdbitpitPort :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Int) +rdbitpitPort = lens _rdbitpitPort (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitPort = a }) + +-- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true +-- specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS +-- name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies +-- an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP +-- address. Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC +-- has been requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior +-- in each case. Default VPC:true VPC:false If no DB subnet group has been +-- specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not +-- been set, the DB instance will be publicly accessible. If a specific DB +-- subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the +-- PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be +-- private. +rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) +rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible = + lens _rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible + (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible = a }) + +-- | The date and time to restore from. Valid Values: Value must be a UTC time +-- Constraints: Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB +-- instance Cannot be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true +-- Example: 2009-09-07T23:45:00Z. +rdbitpitRestoreTime :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe UTCTime) +rdbitpitRestoreTime = + lens _rdbitpitRestoreTime (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitRestoreTime = a }) + . mapping _Time + +-- | The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore. +-- Constraints: Must be the identifier of an existing database instance Must +-- contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character +-- must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive +-- hyphens. +rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime Text +rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Specifies storage type to be associated with the DB Instance. Valid +-- values: standard | gp2 | io1 If you specify io1, you must also include a +-- value for the Iops parameter. +rdbitpitStorageType :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rdbitpitStorageType = + lens _rdbitpitStorageType (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitStorageType = a }) + +rdbitpitTags :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime [Tag] +rdbitpitTags = lens _rdbitpitTags (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitTags = a }) . _List + +-- | The name of the new database instance to be created. Constraints: Must +-- contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character +-- must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive +-- hyphens. +rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime Text +rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE +-- encryption. +rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn = + lens _rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn + (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn = a }) + +-- | The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the +-- device. +rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword = + lens _rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword + (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword = a }) + +-- | Specifies whether (true) or not (false) the DB instance is restored from +-- the latest backup time. Default: false Constraints: Cannot be specified +-- if RestoreTime parameter is provided. +rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) +rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime = + lens _rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime + (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime = a }) + +newtype RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse = RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse + { _rdbitpitrDBInstance :: Maybe DBInstance + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rdbitpitrDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBInstance' +-- +restoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse :: RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse +restoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse = RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse + { _rdbitpitrDBInstance = Nothing + } + +rdbitpitrDBInstance :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse (Maybe DBInstance) +rdbitpitrDBInstance = + lens _rdbitpitrDBInstance (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitrDBInstance = a }) + +instance ToPath RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime where + toQuery RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime{..} = mconcat + [ "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =? _rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , "AvailabilityZone" =? _rdbitpitAvailabilityZone + , "DBInstanceClass" =? _rdbitpitDBInstanceClass + , "DBName" =? _rdbitpitDBName + , "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName + , "Engine" =? _rdbitpitEngine + , "Iops" =? _rdbitpitIops + , "LicenseModel" =? _rdbitpitLicenseModel + , "MultiAZ" =? _rdbitpitMultiAZ + , "OptionGroupName" =? _rdbitpitOptionGroupName + , "Port" =? _rdbitpitPort + , "PubliclyAccessible" =? _rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible + , "RestoreTime" =? _rdbitpitRestoreTime + , "SourceDBInstanceIdentifier" =? _rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier + , "StorageType" =? _rdbitpitStorageType + , "Tags" =? _rdbitpitTags + , "TargetDBInstanceIdentifier" =? _rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier + , "TdeCredentialArn" =? _rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn + , "TdeCredentialPassword" =? _rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword + , "UseLatestRestorableTime" =? _rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime + ] + +instance ToHeaders RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime + +instance AWSRequest RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime where + type Sv RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = RDS + type Rs RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse + + request = post "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse where + parseXML = withElement "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResult" $ \x -> RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse + <$> x .@? "DBInstance" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +-- | Revokes ingress from a DBSecurityGroup for previously authorized IP ranges +-- or EC2 or VPC Security Groups. Required parameters for this API are one of +-- CIDRIP, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either +-- EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId). +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress + ( + -- * Request + RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress + -- ** Request constructor + , revokeDBSecurityGroupIngress + -- ** Request lenses + , rdbsgiCIDRIP + , rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName + , rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId + , rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName + , rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + + -- * Response + , RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + -- ** Response constructor + , revokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + -- ** Response lenses + , rdbsgirDBSecurityGroup + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request.Query +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import qualified GHC.Exts + +data RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress + { _rdbsgiCIDRIP :: Maybe Text + , _rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName :: Text + , _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId :: Maybe Text + , _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rdbsgiCIDRIP' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +revokeDBSecurityGroupIngress :: Text -- ^ 'rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName' + -> RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress +revokeDBSecurityGroupIngress p1 = RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress + { _rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName = p1 + , _rdbsgiCIDRIP = Nothing + , _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = Nothing + , _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing + } + +-- | The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If CIDRIP +-- is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName, EC2SecurityGroupId and +-- EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId cannot be provided. +rdbsgiCIDRIP :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +rdbsgiCIDRIP = lens _rdbsgiCIDRIP (\s a -> s { _rdbsgiCIDRIP = a }) + +-- | The name of the DB security group to revoke ingress from. +rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress Text +rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName = + lens _rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName = a }) + +-- | The id of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB +-- security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, +-- EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or +-- EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. +rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = + lens _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId + (\s a -> s { _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = a }) + +-- | The name of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB +-- security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, +-- EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or +-- EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. +rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = + lens _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = a }) + +-- | The AWS Account Number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified +-- in the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an +-- acceptable value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be +-- provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either +-- EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. +rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = + lens _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + (\s a -> s { _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a }) + +newtype RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse = RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + { _rdbsgirDBSecurityGroup :: Maybe DBSecurityGroup + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rdbsgirDBSecurityGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSecurityGroup' +-- +revokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse :: RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse +revokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse = RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + { _rdbsgirDBSecurityGroup = Nothing + } + +rdbsgirDBSecurityGroup :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse (Maybe DBSecurityGroup) +rdbsgirDBSecurityGroup = + lens _rdbsgirDBSecurityGroup (\s a -> s { _rdbsgirDBSecurityGroup = a }) + +instance ToPath RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress where + toQuery RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress{..} = mconcat + [ "CIDRIP" =? _rdbsgiCIDRIP + , "DBSecurityGroupName" =? _rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName + , "EC2SecurityGroupId" =? _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId + , "EC2SecurityGroupName" =? _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName + , "EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId" =? _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + ] + +instance ToHeaders RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress + +instance AWSRequest RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress where + type Sv RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = RDS + type Rs RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + + request = post "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress" + response = xmlResponse + +instance FromXML RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse where + parseXML = withElement "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResult" $ \x -> RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + <$> x .@? "DBSecurityGroup" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types.hs @@ -0,0 +1,3715 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} +{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.Types +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +module Network.AWS.RDS.Types + ( + -- * Service + RDS + -- ** Error + , RESTError + -- ** XML + , ns + + -- * OptionGroup + , OptionGroup + , optionGroup + , ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships + , ogEngineName + , ogMajorEngineVersion + , ogOptionGroupDescription + , ogOptionGroupName + , ogOptions + , ogVpcId + + -- * DBParameterGroupStatus + , DBParameterGroupStatus + , dbparameterGroupStatus + , dbpgsDBParameterGroupName + , dbpgsParameterApplyStatus + + -- * Event + , Event + , event + , eDate + , eEventCategories + , eMessage + , eSourceIdentifier + , eSourceType + + -- * DBSecurityGroup + , DBSecurityGroup + , dbsecurityGroup + , dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription + , dbsgDBSecurityGroupName + , dbsgEC2SecurityGroups + , dbsgIPRanges + , dbsgOwnerId + , dbsgVpcId + + -- * Tag + , Tag + , tag + , tagKey + , tagValue + + -- * DBEngineVersion + , DBEngineVersion + , dbengineVersion + , dbevDBEngineDescription + , dbevDBEngineVersionDescription + , dbevDBParameterGroupFamily + , dbevDefaultCharacterSet + , dbevEngine + , dbevEngineVersion + , dbevSupportedCharacterSets + + -- * DBSnapshot + , DBSnapshot + , dbsnapshot + , dbsAllocatedStorage + , dbsAvailabilityZone + , dbsDBInstanceIdentifier + , dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier + , dbsEngine + , dbsEngineVersion + , dbsInstanceCreateTime + , dbsIops + , dbsLicenseModel + , dbsMasterUsername + , dbsOptionGroupName + , dbsPercentProgress + , dbsPort + , dbsSnapshotCreateTime + , dbsSnapshotType + , dbsSourceRegion + , dbsStatus + , dbsStorageType + , dbsTdeCredentialArn + , dbsVpcId + + -- * DBSecurityGroupMembership + , DBSecurityGroupMembership + , dbsecurityGroupMembership + , dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName + , dbsgmStatus + + -- * EC2SecurityGroup + , EC2SecurityGroup + , ec2SecurityGroup + , ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId + , ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName + , ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + , ecsgStatus + + -- * SourceType + , SourceType (..) + + -- * DBParameterGroup + , DBParameterGroup + , dbparameterGroup + , dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily + , dbpgDBParameterGroupName + , dbpgDescription + + -- * ReservedDBInstancesOffering + , ReservedDBInstancesOffering + , reservedDBInstancesOffering + , rdbioCurrencyCode + , rdbioDBInstanceClass + , rdbioDuration + , rdbioFixedPrice + , rdbioMultiAZ + , rdbioOfferingType + , rdbioProductDescription + , rdbioRecurringCharges + , rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + , rdbioUsagePrice + + -- * ApplyMethod + , ApplyMethod (..) + + -- * CharacterSet + , CharacterSet + , characterSet + , csCharacterSetDescription + , csCharacterSetName + + -- * Subnet + , Subnet + , subnet + , sSubnetAvailabilityZone + , sSubnetIdentifier + , sSubnetStatus + + -- * ReservedDBInstance + , ReservedDBInstance + , reservedDBInstance + , rdbiCurrencyCode + , rdbiDBInstanceClass + , rdbiDBInstanceCount + , rdbiDuration + , rdbiFixedPrice + , rdbiMultiAZ + , rdbiOfferingType + , rdbiProductDescription + , rdbiRecurringCharges + , rdbiReservedDBInstanceId + , rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + , rdbiStartTime + , rdbiState + , rdbiUsagePrice + + -- * EngineDefaults + , EngineDefaults + , engineDefaults + , edDBParameterGroupFamily + , edMarker + , edParameters + + -- * DBParameterGroupNameMessage + , DBParameterGroupNameMessage + , dbparameterGroupNameMessage + , dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName + + -- * OptionGroupOption + , OptionGroupOption + , optionGroupOption + , ogoDefaultPort + , ogoDescription + , ogoEngineName + , ogoMajorEngineVersion + , ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion + , ogoName + , ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings + , ogoOptionsDependedOn + , ogoPermanent + , ogoPersistent + , ogoPortRequired + + -- * DBInstance + , DBInstance + , dbinstance + , dbiAllocatedStorage + , dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , dbiAvailabilityZone + , dbiBackupRetentionPeriod + , dbiCharacterSetName + , dbiDBInstanceClass + , dbiDBInstanceIdentifier + , dbiDBInstanceStatus + , dbiDBName + , dbiDBParameterGroups + , dbiDBSecurityGroups + , dbiDBSubnetGroup + , dbiEndpoint + , dbiEngine + , dbiEngineVersion + , dbiInstanceCreateTime + , dbiIops + , dbiLatestRestorableTime + , dbiLicenseModel + , dbiMasterUsername + , dbiMultiAZ + , dbiOptionGroupMemberships + , dbiPendingModifiedValues + , dbiPreferredBackupWindow + , dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , dbiPubliclyAccessible + , dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers + , dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier + , dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone + , dbiStatusInfos + , dbiStorageType + , dbiTdeCredentialArn + , dbiVpcSecurityGroups + + -- * AvailabilityZone + , AvailabilityZone + , availabilityZone + , azName + + -- * EventSubscription + , EventSubscription + , eventSubscription + , esCustSubscriptionId + , esCustomerAwsId + , esEnabled + , esEventCategoriesList + , esSnsTopicArn + , esSourceIdsList + , esSourceType + , esStatus + , esSubscriptionCreationTime + + -- * DBSubnetGroup + , DBSubnetGroup + , dbsubnetGroup + , dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription + , dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName + , dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus + , dbsg1Subnets + , dbsg1VpcId + + -- * DBInstanceStatusInfo + , DBInstanceStatusInfo + , dbinstanceStatusInfo + , dbisiMessage + , dbisiNormal + , dbisiStatus + , dbisiStatusType + + -- * OptionSetting + , OptionSetting + , optionSetting + , osAllowedValues + , osApplyType + , osDataType + , osDefaultValue + , osDescription + , osIsCollection + , osIsModifiable + , osName + , osValue + + -- * DescribeDBLogFilesDetails + , DescribeDBLogFilesDetails + , describeDBLogFilesDetails + , ddblfdLastWritten + , ddblfdLogFileName + , ddblfdSize + + -- * OrderableDBInstanceOption + , OrderableDBInstanceOption + , orderableDBInstanceOption + , odbioAvailabilityZones + , odbioDBInstanceClass + , odbioEngine + , odbioEngineVersion + , odbioLicenseModel + , odbioMultiAZCapable + , odbioReadReplicaCapable + , odbioStorageType + , odbioSupportsIops + , odbioVpc + + -- * Filter + , Filter + , filter' + , fName + , fValues + + -- * RecurringCharge + , RecurringCharge + , recurringCharge + , rcRecurringChargeAmount + , rcRecurringChargeFrequency + + -- * Endpoint + , Endpoint + , endpoint + , eAddress + , ePort + + -- * OptionConfiguration + , OptionConfiguration + , optionConfiguration + , ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships + , ocOptionName + , ocOptionSettings + , ocPort + , ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships + + -- * Option + , Option + , option + , oDBSecurityGroupMemberships + , oOptionDescription + , oOptionName + , oOptionSettings + , oPermanent + , oPersistent + , oPort + , oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships + + -- * IPRange + , IPRange + , iprange + , iprCIDRIP + , iprStatus + + -- * OptionGroupMembership + , OptionGroupMembership + , optionGroupMembership + , ogmOptionGroupName + , ogmStatus + + -- * EventCategoriesMap + , EventCategoriesMap + , eventCategoriesMap + , ecmEventCategories + , ecmSourceType + + -- * PendingModifiedValues + , PendingModifiedValues + , pendingModifiedValues + , pmvAllocatedStorage + , pmvBackupRetentionPeriod + , pmvDBInstanceClass + , pmvDBInstanceIdentifier + , pmvEngineVersion + , pmvIops + , pmvMasterUserPassword + , pmvMultiAZ + , pmvPort + , pmvStorageType + + -- * VpcSecurityGroupMembership + , VpcSecurityGroupMembership + , vpcSecurityGroupMembership + , vsgmStatus + , vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId + + -- * Parameter + , Parameter + , parameter + , pAllowedValues + , pApplyMethod + , pApplyType + , pDataType + , pDescription + , pIsModifiable + , pMinimumEngineVersion + , pParameterName + , pParameterValue + , pSource + + -- * OptionGroupOptionSetting + , OptionGroupOptionSetting + , optionGroupOptionSetting + , ogosAllowedValues + , ogosApplyType + , ogosDefaultValue + , ogosIsModifiable + , ogosSettingDescription + , ogosSettingName + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Error +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Signing.V4 +import qualified GHC.Exts + +-- | Version @2014-09-01@ of the Amazon Relational Database Service service. +data RDS + +instance AWSService RDS where + type Sg RDS = V4 + type Er RDS = RESTError + + service = Service + { _svcEndpoint = regional + , _svcAbbrev = "RDS" + , _svcPrefix = "rds" + , _svcVersion = "2014-09-01" + , _svcTargetPrefix = Nothing + , _svcJSONVersion = Nothing + } + + handle = restError statusSuccess + +ns :: Text +ns = "http://rds.amazonaws.com/doc/2014-09-01/" + +data OptionGroup = OptionGroup + { _ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships :: Maybe Bool + , _ogEngineName :: Maybe Text + , _ogMajorEngineVersion :: Maybe Text + , _ogOptionGroupDescription :: Maybe Text + , _ogOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _ogOptions :: List "Option" Option + , _ogVpcId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'OptionGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'ogEngineName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ogMajorEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ogOptionGroupDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ogOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ogOptions' @::@ ['Option'] +-- +-- * 'ogVpcId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +optionGroup :: OptionGroup +optionGroup = OptionGroup + { _ogOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _ogOptionGroupDescription = Nothing + , _ogEngineName = Nothing + , _ogMajorEngineVersion = Nothing + , _ogOptions = mempty + , _ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships = Nothing + , _ogVpcId = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and +-- non-VPC instances. The value 'true' indicates the option group can be +-- applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. +ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Bool) +ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships = + lens _ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships + (\s a -> s { _ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships = a }) + +-- | Engine name that this option group can be applied to. +ogEngineName :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) +ogEngineName = lens _ogEngineName (\s a -> s { _ogEngineName = a }) + +-- | Indicates the major engine version associated with this option group. +ogMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) +ogMajorEngineVersion = + lens _ogMajorEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _ogMajorEngineVersion = a }) + +-- | Provides the description of the option group. +ogOptionGroupDescription :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) +ogOptionGroupDescription = + lens _ogOptionGroupDescription + (\s a -> s { _ogOptionGroupDescription = a }) + +-- | Specifies the name of the option group. +ogOptionGroupName :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) +ogOptionGroupName = + lens _ogOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _ogOptionGroupName = a }) + +-- | Indicates what options are available in the option group. +ogOptions :: Lens' OptionGroup [Option] +ogOptions = lens _ogOptions (\s a -> s { _ogOptions = a }) . _List + +-- | If AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is 'false', this field is blank. +-- If AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is 'true' and this field is +-- blank, then this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC +-- instances. If this field contains a value, then this option group can +-- only be applied to instances that are in the VPC indicated by this field. +ogVpcId :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) +ogVpcId = lens _ogVpcId (\s a -> s { _ogVpcId = a }) + +instance FromXML OptionGroup where + parseXML x = OptionGroup + <$> x .@? "AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships" + <*> x .@? "EngineName" + <*> x .@? "MajorEngineVersion" + <*> x .@? "OptionGroupDescription" + <*> x .@? "OptionGroupName" + <*> x .@ "Options" + <*> x .@? "VpcId" + +instance ToQuery OptionGroup where + toQuery OptionGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships" =? _ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships + , "EngineName" =? _ogEngineName + , "MajorEngineVersion" =? _ogMajorEngineVersion + , "OptionGroupDescription" =? _ogOptionGroupDescription + , "OptionGroupName" =? _ogOptionGroupName + , "Options" =? _ogOptions + , "VpcId" =? _ogVpcId + ] + +data DBParameterGroupStatus = DBParameterGroupStatus + { _dbpgsDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _dbpgsParameterApplyStatus :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DBParameterGroupStatus' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dbpgsDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbpgsParameterApplyStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +dbparameterGroupStatus :: DBParameterGroupStatus +dbparameterGroupStatus = DBParameterGroupStatus + { _dbpgsDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _dbpgsParameterApplyStatus = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the DP parameter group. +dbpgsDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBParameterGroupStatus (Maybe Text) +dbpgsDBParameterGroupName = + lens _dbpgsDBParameterGroupName + (\s a -> s { _dbpgsDBParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | The status of parameter updates. +dbpgsParameterApplyStatus :: Lens' DBParameterGroupStatus (Maybe Text) +dbpgsParameterApplyStatus = + lens _dbpgsParameterApplyStatus + (\s a -> s { _dbpgsParameterApplyStatus = a }) + +instance FromXML DBParameterGroupStatus where + parseXML x = DBParameterGroupStatus + <$> x .@? "DBParameterGroupName" + <*> x .@? "ParameterApplyStatus" + +instance ToQuery DBParameterGroupStatus where + toQuery DBParameterGroupStatus{..} = mconcat + [ "DBParameterGroupName" =? _dbpgsDBParameterGroupName + , "ParameterApplyStatus" =? _dbpgsParameterApplyStatus + ] + +data Event = Event + { _eDate :: Maybe RFC822 + , _eEventCategories :: List "EventCategory" Text + , _eMessage :: Maybe Text + , _eSourceIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _eSourceType :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'Event' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'eDate' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'eEventCategories' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'eMessage' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'eSourceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'eSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +event :: Event +event = Event + { _eSourceIdentifier = Nothing + , _eSourceType = Nothing + , _eMessage = Nothing + , _eEventCategories = mempty + , _eDate = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the date and time of the event. +eDate :: Lens' Event (Maybe UTCTime) +eDate = lens _eDate (\s a -> s { _eDate = a }) . mapping _Time + +-- | Specifies the category for the event. +eEventCategories :: Lens' Event [Text] +eEventCategories = lens _eEventCategories (\s a -> s { _eEventCategories = a }) . _List + +-- | Provides the text of this event. +eMessage :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) +eMessage = lens _eMessage (\s a -> s { _eMessage = a }) + +-- | Provides the identifier for the source of the event. +eSourceIdentifier :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) +eSourceIdentifier = + lens _eSourceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _eSourceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Specifies the source type for this event. +eSourceType :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) +eSourceType = lens _eSourceType (\s a -> s { _eSourceType = a }) + +instance FromXML Event where + parseXML x = Event + <$> x .@? "Date" + <*> x .@ "EventCategories" + <*> x .@? "Message" + <*> x .@? "SourceIdentifier" + <*> x .@? "SourceType" + +instance ToQuery Event where + toQuery Event{..} = mconcat + [ "Date" =? _eDate + , "EventCategories" =? _eEventCategories + , "Message" =? _eMessage + , "SourceIdentifier" =? _eSourceIdentifier + , "SourceType" =? _eSourceType + ] + +data DBSecurityGroup = DBSecurityGroup + { _dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription :: Maybe Text + , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _dbsgEC2SecurityGroups :: List "EC2SecurityGroup" EC2SecurityGroup + , _dbsgIPRanges :: List "IPRange" IPRange + , _dbsgOwnerId :: Maybe Text + , _dbsgVpcId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DBSecurityGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsgDBSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsgEC2SecurityGroups' @::@ ['EC2SecurityGroup'] +-- +-- * 'dbsgIPRanges' @::@ ['IPRange'] +-- +-- * 'dbsgOwnerId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsgVpcId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +dbsecurityGroup :: DBSecurityGroup +dbsecurityGroup = DBSecurityGroup + { _dbsgOwnerId = Nothing + , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = Nothing + , _dbsgVpcId = Nothing + , _dbsgEC2SecurityGroups = mempty + , _dbsgIPRanges = mempty + } + +-- | Provides the description of the DB security group. +dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = + lens _dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription + (\s a -> s { _dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = a }) + +-- | Specifies the name of the DB security group. +dbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +dbsgDBSecurityGroupName = + lens _dbsgDBSecurityGroupName (\s a -> s { _dbsgDBSecurityGroupName = a }) + +-- | Contains a list of EC2SecurityGroup elements. +dbsgEC2SecurityGroups :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup [EC2SecurityGroup] +dbsgEC2SecurityGroups = + lens _dbsgEC2SecurityGroups (\s a -> s { _dbsgEC2SecurityGroups = a }) + . _List + +-- | Contains a list of IPRange elements. +dbsgIPRanges :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup [IPRange] +dbsgIPRanges = lens _dbsgIPRanges (\s a -> s { _dbsgIPRanges = a }) . _List + +-- | Provides the AWS ID of the owner of a specific DB security group. +dbsgOwnerId :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +dbsgOwnerId = lens _dbsgOwnerId (\s a -> s { _dbsgOwnerId = a }) + +-- | Provides the VpcId of the DB security group. +dbsgVpcId :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +dbsgVpcId = lens _dbsgVpcId (\s a -> s { _dbsgVpcId = a }) + +instance FromXML DBSecurityGroup where + parseXML x = DBSecurityGroup + <$> x .@? "DBSecurityGroupDescription" + <*> x .@? "DBSecurityGroupName" + <*> x .@ "EC2SecurityGroups" + <*> x .@ "IPRanges" + <*> x .@? "OwnerId" + <*> x .@? "VpcId" + +instance ToQuery DBSecurityGroup where + toQuery DBSecurityGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "DBSecurityGroupDescription" =? _dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription + , "DBSecurityGroupName" =? _dbsgDBSecurityGroupName + , "EC2SecurityGroups" =? _dbsgEC2SecurityGroups + , "IPRanges" =? _dbsgIPRanges + , "OwnerId" =? _dbsgOwnerId + , "VpcId" =? _dbsgVpcId + ] + +data Tag = Tag + { _tagKey :: Maybe Text + , _tagValue :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'Tag' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'tagKey' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'tagValue' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +tag :: Tag +tag = Tag + { _tagKey = Nothing + , _tagValue = Nothing + } + +-- | A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to +-- 128 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or +-- "rds:". The string may only contain only the set of Unicode letters, +-- digits, white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: +-- "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). +tagKey :: Lens' Tag (Maybe Text) +tagKey = lens _tagKey (\s a -> s { _tagKey = a }) + +-- | A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1 +-- to 256 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or +-- "rds:". The string may only contain only the set of Unicode letters, +-- digits, white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: +-- "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). +tagValue :: Lens' Tag (Maybe Text) +tagValue = lens _tagValue (\s a -> s { _tagValue = a }) + +instance FromXML Tag where + parseXML x = Tag + <$> x .@? "Key" + <*> x .@? "Value" + +instance ToQuery Tag where + toQuery Tag{..} = mconcat + [ "Key" =? _tagKey + , "Value" =? _tagValue + ] + +data DBEngineVersion = DBEngineVersion + { _dbevDBEngineDescription :: Maybe Text + , _dbevDBEngineVersionDescription :: Maybe Text + , _dbevDBParameterGroupFamily :: Maybe Text + , _dbevDefaultCharacterSet :: Maybe CharacterSet + , _dbevEngine :: Maybe Text + , _dbevEngineVersion :: Maybe Text + , _dbevSupportedCharacterSets :: List "CharacterSet" CharacterSet + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DBEngineVersion' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dbevDBEngineDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbevDBEngineVersionDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbevDBParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbevDefaultCharacterSet' @::@ 'Maybe' 'CharacterSet' +-- +-- * 'dbevEngine' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbevEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbevSupportedCharacterSets' @::@ ['CharacterSet'] +-- +dbengineVersion :: DBEngineVersion +dbengineVersion = DBEngineVersion + { _dbevEngine = Nothing + , _dbevEngineVersion = Nothing + , _dbevDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _dbevDBEngineDescription = Nothing + , _dbevDBEngineVersionDescription = Nothing + , _dbevDefaultCharacterSet = Nothing + , _dbevSupportedCharacterSets = mempty + } + +-- | The description of the database engine. +dbevDBEngineDescription :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) +dbevDBEngineDescription = + lens _dbevDBEngineDescription (\s a -> s { _dbevDBEngineDescription = a }) + +-- | The description of the database engine version. +dbevDBEngineVersionDescription :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) +dbevDBEngineVersionDescription = + lens _dbevDBEngineVersionDescription + (\s a -> s { _dbevDBEngineVersionDescription = a }) + +-- | The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine. +dbevDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) +dbevDBParameterGroupFamily = + lens _dbevDBParameterGroupFamily + (\s a -> s { _dbevDBParameterGroupFamily = a }) + +-- | The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if +-- the CharacterSetName parameter of the CreateDBInstance API is not +-- specified. +dbevDefaultCharacterSet :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe CharacterSet) +dbevDefaultCharacterSet = + lens _dbevDefaultCharacterSet (\s a -> s { _dbevDefaultCharacterSet = a }) + +-- | The name of the database engine. +dbevEngine :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) +dbevEngine = lens _dbevEngine (\s a -> s { _dbevEngine = a }) + +-- | The version number of the database engine. +dbevEngineVersion :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) +dbevEngineVersion = + lens _dbevEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _dbevEngineVersion = a }) + +-- | A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the +-- CharacterSetName parameter of the CreateDBInstance API. +dbevSupportedCharacterSets :: Lens' DBEngineVersion [CharacterSet] +dbevSupportedCharacterSets = + lens _dbevSupportedCharacterSets + (\s a -> s { _dbevSupportedCharacterSets = a }) + . _List + +instance FromXML DBEngineVersion where + parseXML x = DBEngineVersion + <$> x .@? "DBEngineDescription" + <*> x .@? "DBEngineVersionDescription" + <*> x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily" + <*> x .@? "DefaultCharacterSet" + <*> x .@? "Engine" + <*> x .@? "EngineVersion" + <*> x .@ "SupportedCharacterSets" + +instance ToQuery DBEngineVersion where + toQuery DBEngineVersion{..} = mconcat + [ "DBEngineDescription" =? _dbevDBEngineDescription + , "DBEngineVersionDescription" =? _dbevDBEngineVersionDescription + , "DBParameterGroupFamily" =? _dbevDBParameterGroupFamily + , "DefaultCharacterSet" =? _dbevDefaultCharacterSet + , "Engine" =? _dbevEngine + , "EngineVersion" =? _dbevEngineVersion + , "SupportedCharacterSets" =? _dbevSupportedCharacterSets + ] + +data DBSnapshot = DBSnapshot + { _dbsAllocatedStorage :: Maybe Int + , _dbsAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text + , _dbsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _dbsEngine :: Maybe Text + , _dbsEngineVersion :: Maybe Text + , _dbsInstanceCreateTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _dbsIops :: Maybe Int + , _dbsLicenseModel :: Maybe Text + , _dbsMasterUsername :: Maybe Text + , _dbsOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _dbsPercentProgress :: Maybe Int + , _dbsPort :: Maybe Int + , _dbsSnapshotCreateTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _dbsSnapshotType :: Maybe Text + , _dbsSourceRegion :: Maybe Text + , _dbsStatus :: Maybe Text + , _dbsStorageType :: Maybe Text + , _dbsTdeCredentialArn :: Maybe Text + , _dbsVpcId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DBSnapshot' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dbsAllocatedStorage' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dbsAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsEngine' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsInstanceCreateTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'dbsIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dbsLicenseModel' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsMasterUsername' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsPercentProgress' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dbsPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dbsSnapshotCreateTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'dbsSnapshotType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsSourceRegion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsTdeCredentialArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsVpcId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +dbsnapshot :: DBSnapshot +dbsnapshot = DBSnapshot + { _dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _dbsDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _dbsSnapshotCreateTime = Nothing + , _dbsEngine = Nothing + , _dbsAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _dbsStatus = Nothing + , _dbsPort = Nothing + , _dbsAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _dbsVpcId = Nothing + , _dbsInstanceCreateTime = Nothing + , _dbsMasterUsername = Nothing + , _dbsEngineVersion = Nothing + , _dbsLicenseModel = Nothing + , _dbsSnapshotType = Nothing + , _dbsIops = Nothing + , _dbsOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _dbsPercentProgress = Nothing + , _dbsSourceRegion = Nothing + , _dbsStorageType = Nothing + , _dbsTdeCredentialArn = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB). +dbsAllocatedStorage :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dbsAllocatedStorage = + lens _dbsAllocatedStorage (\s a -> s { _dbsAllocatedStorage = a }) + +-- | Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance was located +-- in at the time of the DB snapshot. +dbsAvailabilityZone :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dbsAvailabilityZone = + lens _dbsAvailabilityZone (\s a -> s { _dbsAvailabilityZone = a }) + +-- | Specifies the DB instance identifier of the DB instance this DB snapshot +-- was created from. +dbsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dbsDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _dbsDBInstanceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _dbsDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Specifies the identifier for the DB snapshot. +dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = + lens _dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\s a -> s { _dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Specifies the name of the database engine. +dbsEngine :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dbsEngine = lens _dbsEngine (\s a -> s { _dbsEngine = a }) + +-- | Specifies the version of the database engine. +dbsEngineVersion :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dbsEngineVersion = lens _dbsEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _dbsEngineVersion = a }) + +-- | Specifies the time (UTC) when the snapshot was taken. +dbsInstanceCreateTime :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe UTCTime) +dbsInstanceCreateTime = + lens _dbsInstanceCreateTime (\s a -> s { _dbsInstanceCreateTime = a }) + . mapping _Time + +-- | Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value of the +-- DB instance at the time of the snapshot. +dbsIops :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dbsIops = lens _dbsIops (\s a -> s { _dbsIops = a }) + +-- | License model information for the restored DB instance. +dbsLicenseModel :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dbsLicenseModel = lens _dbsLicenseModel (\s a -> s { _dbsLicenseModel = a }) + +-- | Provides the master username for the DB snapshot. +dbsMasterUsername :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dbsMasterUsername = + lens _dbsMasterUsername (\s a -> s { _dbsMasterUsername = a }) + +-- | Provides the option group name for the DB snapshot. +dbsOptionGroupName :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dbsOptionGroupName = + lens _dbsOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _dbsOptionGroupName = a }) + +-- | The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. +dbsPercentProgress :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dbsPercentProgress = + lens _dbsPercentProgress (\s a -> s { _dbsPercentProgress = a }) + +-- | Specifies the port that the database engine was listening on at the time +-- of the snapshot. +dbsPort :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dbsPort = lens _dbsPort (\s a -> s { _dbsPort = a }) + +-- | Provides the time (UTC) when the snapshot was taken. +dbsSnapshotCreateTime :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe UTCTime) +dbsSnapshotCreateTime = + lens _dbsSnapshotCreateTime (\s a -> s { _dbsSnapshotCreateTime = a }) + . mapping _Time + +-- | Provides the type of the DB snapshot. +dbsSnapshotType :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dbsSnapshotType = lens _dbsSnapshotType (\s a -> s { _dbsSnapshotType = a }) + +-- | The region that the DB snapshot was created in or copied from. +dbsSourceRegion :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dbsSourceRegion = lens _dbsSourceRegion (\s a -> s { _dbsSourceRegion = a }) + +-- | Specifies the status of this DB snapshot. +dbsStatus :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dbsStatus = lens _dbsStatus (\s a -> s { _dbsStatus = a }) + +-- | Specifies storage type associated with DB Snapshot. +dbsStorageType :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dbsStorageType = lens _dbsStorageType (\s a -> s { _dbsStorageType = a }) + +-- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE +-- encryption. +dbsTdeCredentialArn :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dbsTdeCredentialArn = + lens _dbsTdeCredentialArn (\s a -> s { _dbsTdeCredentialArn = a }) + +-- | Provides the Vpc Id associated with the DB snapshot. +dbsVpcId :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dbsVpcId = lens _dbsVpcId (\s a -> s { _dbsVpcId = a }) + +instance FromXML DBSnapshot where + parseXML x = DBSnapshot + <$> x .@? "AllocatedStorage" + <*> x .@? "AvailabilityZone" + <*> x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier" + <*> x .@? "DBSnapshotIdentifier" + <*> x .@? "Engine" + <*> x .@? "EngineVersion" + <*> x .@? "InstanceCreateTime" + <*> x .@? "Iops" + <*> x .@? "LicenseModel" + <*> x .@? "MasterUsername" + <*> x .@? "OptionGroupName" + <*> x .@? "PercentProgress" + <*> x .@? "Port" + <*> x .@? "SnapshotCreateTime" + <*> x .@? "SnapshotType" + <*> x .@? "SourceRegion" + <*> x .@? "Status" + <*> x .@? "StorageType" + <*> x .@? "TdeCredentialArn" + <*> x .@? "VpcId" + +instance ToQuery DBSnapshot where + toQuery DBSnapshot{..} = mconcat + [ "AllocatedStorage" =? _dbsAllocatedStorage + , "AvailabilityZone" =? _dbsAvailabilityZone + , "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _dbsDBInstanceIdentifier + , "DBSnapshotIdentifier" =? _dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier + , "Engine" =? _dbsEngine + , "EngineVersion" =? _dbsEngineVersion + , "InstanceCreateTime" =? _dbsInstanceCreateTime + , "Iops" =? _dbsIops + , "LicenseModel" =? _dbsLicenseModel + , "MasterUsername" =? _dbsMasterUsername + , "OptionGroupName" =? _dbsOptionGroupName + , "PercentProgress" =? _dbsPercentProgress + , "Port" =? _dbsPort + , "SnapshotCreateTime" =? _dbsSnapshotCreateTime + , "SnapshotType" =? _dbsSnapshotType + , "SourceRegion" =? _dbsSourceRegion + , "Status" =? _dbsStatus + , "StorageType" =? _dbsStorageType + , "TdeCredentialArn" =? _dbsTdeCredentialArn + , "VpcId" =? _dbsVpcId + ] + +data DBSecurityGroupMembership = DBSecurityGroupMembership + { _dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _dbsgmStatus :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DBSecurityGroupMembership' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsgmStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +dbsecurityGroupMembership :: DBSecurityGroupMembership +dbsecurityGroupMembership = DBSecurityGroupMembership + { _dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _dbsgmStatus = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the DB security group. +dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DBSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName = + lens _dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName = a }) + +-- | The status of the DB security group. +dbsgmStatus :: Lens' DBSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +dbsgmStatus = lens _dbsgmStatus (\s a -> s { _dbsgmStatus = a }) + +instance FromXML DBSecurityGroupMembership where + parseXML x = DBSecurityGroupMembership + <$> x .@? "DBSecurityGroupName" + <*> x .@? "Status" + +instance ToQuery DBSecurityGroupMembership where + toQuery DBSecurityGroupMembership{..} = mconcat + [ "DBSecurityGroupName" =? _dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName + , "Status" =? _dbsgmStatus + ] + +data EC2SecurityGroup = EC2SecurityGroup + { _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId :: Maybe Text + , _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Maybe Text + , _ecsgStatus :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'EC2SecurityGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ecsgStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +ec2SecurityGroup :: EC2SecurityGroup +ec2SecurityGroup = EC2SecurityGroup + { _ecsgStatus = Nothing + , _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId = Nothing + , _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the id of the EC2 security group. +ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId = + lens _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId (\s a -> s { _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId = a }) + +-- | Specifies the name of the EC2 security group. +ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName = + lens _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName + (\s a -> s { _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName = a }) + +-- | Specifies the AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in +-- the EC2SecurityGroupName field. +ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = + lens _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + (\s a -> s { _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a }) + +-- | Provides the status of the EC2 security group. Status can be +-- "authorizing", "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked". +ecsgStatus :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +ecsgStatus = lens _ecsgStatus (\s a -> s { _ecsgStatus = a }) + +instance FromXML EC2SecurityGroup where + parseXML x = EC2SecurityGroup + <$> x .@? "EC2SecurityGroupId" + <*> x .@? "EC2SecurityGroupName" + <*> x .@? "EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId" + <*> x .@? "Status" + +instance ToQuery EC2SecurityGroup where + toQuery EC2SecurityGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "EC2SecurityGroupId" =? _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId + , "EC2SecurityGroupName" =? _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName + , "EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId" =? _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + , "Status" =? _ecsgStatus + ] + +data SourceType + = DbInstance -- ^ db-instance + | DbParameterGroup -- ^ db-parameter-group + | DbSecurityGroup -- ^ db-security-group + | DbSnapshot -- ^ db-snapshot + deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Generic, Enum) + +instance Hashable SourceType + +instance FromText SourceType where + parser = match "db-instance" DbInstance + <|> match "db-parameter-group" DbParameterGroup + <|> match "db-security-group" DbSecurityGroup + <|> match "db-snapshot" DbSnapshot + +instance ToText SourceType where + toText = \case + DbInstance -> "db-instance" + DbParameterGroup -> "db-parameter-group" + DbSecurityGroup -> "db-security-group" + DbSnapshot -> "db-snapshot" + +instance FromXML SourceType where + parseXML = parseXMLText "SourceType" + +instance ToQuery SourceType where + toQuery = toQuery . toText + +data DBParameterGroup = DBParameterGroup + { _dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: Maybe Text + , _dbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _dbpgDescription :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DBParameterGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbpgDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbpgDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +dbparameterGroup :: DBParameterGroup +dbparameterGroup = DBParameterGroup + { _dbpgDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _dbpgDescription = Nothing + } + +-- | Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter +-- group is compatible with. +dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DBParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily = + lens _dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily + (\s a -> s { _dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily = a }) + +-- | Provides the name of the DB parameter group. +dbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +dbpgDBParameterGroupName = + lens _dbpgDBParameterGroupName + (\s a -> s { _dbpgDBParameterGroupName = a }) + +-- | Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group. +dbpgDescription :: Lens' DBParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +dbpgDescription = lens _dbpgDescription (\s a -> s { _dbpgDescription = a }) + +instance FromXML DBParameterGroup where + parseXML x = DBParameterGroup + <$> x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily" + <*> x .@? "DBParameterGroupName" + <*> x .@? "Description" + +instance ToQuery DBParameterGroup where + toQuery DBParameterGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "DBParameterGroupFamily" =? _dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily + , "DBParameterGroupName" =? _dbpgDBParameterGroupName + , "Description" =? _dbpgDescription + ] + +data ReservedDBInstancesOffering = ReservedDBInstancesOffering + { _rdbioCurrencyCode :: Maybe Text + , _rdbioDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text + , _rdbioDuration :: Maybe Int + , _rdbioFixedPrice :: Maybe Double + , _rdbioMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool + , _rdbioOfferingType :: Maybe Text + , _rdbioProductDescription :: Maybe Text + , _rdbioRecurringCharges :: List "RecurringCharge" RecurringCharge + , _rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Maybe Text + , _rdbioUsagePrice :: Maybe Double + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ReservedDBInstancesOffering' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rdbioCurrencyCode' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbioDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbioDuration' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'rdbioFixedPrice' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' +-- +-- * 'rdbioMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'rdbioOfferingType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbioProductDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbioRecurringCharges' @::@ ['RecurringCharge'] +-- +-- * 'rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbioUsagePrice' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' +-- +reservedDBInstancesOffering :: ReservedDBInstancesOffering +reservedDBInstancesOffering = ReservedDBInstancesOffering + { _rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing + , _rdbioDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _rdbioDuration = Nothing + , _rdbioFixedPrice = Nothing + , _rdbioUsagePrice = Nothing + , _rdbioCurrencyCode = Nothing + , _rdbioProductDescription = Nothing + , _rdbioOfferingType = Nothing + , _rdbioMultiAZ = Nothing + , _rdbioRecurringCharges = mempty + } + +-- | The currency code for the reserved DB instance offering. +rdbioCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +rdbioCurrencyCode = + lens _rdbioCurrencyCode (\s a -> s { _rdbioCurrencyCode = a }) + +-- | The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. +rdbioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +rdbioDBInstanceClass = + lens _rdbioDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _rdbioDBInstanceClass = a }) + +-- | The duration of the offering in seconds. +rdbioDuration :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Int) +rdbioDuration = lens _rdbioDuration (\s a -> s { _rdbioDuration = a }) + +-- | The fixed price charged for this offering. +rdbioFixedPrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Double) +rdbioFixedPrice = lens _rdbioFixedPrice (\s a -> s { _rdbioFixedPrice = a }) + +-- | Indicates if the offering applies to Multi-AZ deployments. +rdbioMultiAZ :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Bool) +rdbioMultiAZ = lens _rdbioMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _rdbioMultiAZ = a }) + +-- | The offering type. +rdbioOfferingType :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +rdbioOfferingType = + lens _rdbioOfferingType (\s a -> s { _rdbioOfferingType = a }) + +-- | The database engine used by the offering. +rdbioProductDescription :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +rdbioProductDescription = + lens _rdbioProductDescription (\s a -> s { _rdbioProductDescription = a }) + +-- | The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. +rdbioRecurringCharges :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering [RecurringCharge] +rdbioRecurringCharges = + lens _rdbioRecurringCharges (\s a -> s { _rdbioRecurringCharges = a }) + . _List + +-- | The offering identifier. +rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = + lens _rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + (\s a -> s { _rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a }) + +-- | The hourly price charged for this offering. +rdbioUsagePrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Double) +rdbioUsagePrice = lens _rdbioUsagePrice (\s a -> s { _rdbioUsagePrice = a }) + +instance FromXML ReservedDBInstancesOffering where + parseXML x = ReservedDBInstancesOffering + <$> x .@? "CurrencyCode" + <*> x .@? "DBInstanceClass" + <*> x .@? "Duration" + <*> x .@? "FixedPrice" + <*> x .@? "MultiAZ" + <*> x .@? "OfferingType" + <*> x .@? "ProductDescription" + <*> x .@ "RecurringCharges" + <*> x .@? "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId" + <*> x .@? "UsagePrice" + +instance ToQuery ReservedDBInstancesOffering where + toQuery ReservedDBInstancesOffering{..} = mconcat + [ "CurrencyCode" =? _rdbioCurrencyCode + , "DBInstanceClass" =? _rdbioDBInstanceClass + , "Duration" =? _rdbioDuration + , "FixedPrice" =? _rdbioFixedPrice + , "MultiAZ" =? _rdbioMultiAZ + , "OfferingType" =? _rdbioOfferingType + , "ProductDescription" =? _rdbioProductDescription + , "RecurringCharges" =? _rdbioRecurringCharges + , "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId" =? _rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + , "UsagePrice" =? _rdbioUsagePrice + ] + +data ApplyMethod + = Immediate -- ^ immediate + | PendingReboot -- ^ pending-reboot + deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Generic, Enum) + +instance Hashable ApplyMethod + +instance FromText ApplyMethod where + parser = match "immediate" Immediate + <|> match "pending-reboot" PendingReboot + +instance ToText ApplyMethod where + toText = \case + Immediate -> "immediate" + PendingReboot -> "pending-reboot" + +instance FromXML ApplyMethod where + parseXML = parseXMLText "ApplyMethod" + +instance ToQuery ApplyMethod where + toQuery = toQuery . toText + +data CharacterSet = CharacterSet + { _csCharacterSetDescription :: Maybe Text + , _csCharacterSetName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'CharacterSet' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'csCharacterSetDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'csCharacterSetName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +characterSet :: CharacterSet +characterSet = CharacterSet + { _csCharacterSetName = Nothing + , _csCharacterSetDescription = Nothing + } + +-- | The description of the character set. +csCharacterSetDescription :: Lens' CharacterSet (Maybe Text) +csCharacterSetDescription = + lens _csCharacterSetDescription + (\s a -> s { _csCharacterSetDescription = a }) + +-- | The name of the character set. +csCharacterSetName :: Lens' CharacterSet (Maybe Text) +csCharacterSetName = + lens _csCharacterSetName (\s a -> s { _csCharacterSetName = a }) + +instance FromXML CharacterSet where + parseXML x = CharacterSet + <$> x .@? "CharacterSetDescription" + <*> x .@? "CharacterSetName" + +instance ToQuery CharacterSet where + toQuery CharacterSet{..} = mconcat + [ "CharacterSetDescription" =? _csCharacterSetDescription + , "CharacterSetName" =? _csCharacterSetName + ] + +data Subnet = Subnet + { _sSubnetAvailabilityZone :: Maybe AvailabilityZone + , _sSubnetIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _sSubnetStatus :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'Subnet' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'sSubnetAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'AvailabilityZone' +-- +-- * 'sSubnetIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'sSubnetStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +subnet :: Subnet +subnet = Subnet + { _sSubnetIdentifier = Nothing + , _sSubnetAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _sSubnetStatus = Nothing + } + +sSubnetAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe AvailabilityZone) +sSubnetAvailabilityZone = + lens _sSubnetAvailabilityZone (\s a -> s { _sSubnetAvailabilityZone = a }) + +-- | Specifies the identifier of the subnet. +sSubnetIdentifier :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe Text) +sSubnetIdentifier = + lens _sSubnetIdentifier (\s a -> s { _sSubnetIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Specifies the status of the subnet. +sSubnetStatus :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe Text) +sSubnetStatus = lens _sSubnetStatus (\s a -> s { _sSubnetStatus = a }) + +instance FromXML Subnet where + parseXML x = Subnet + <$> x .@? "SubnetAvailabilityZone" + <*> x .@? "SubnetIdentifier" + <*> x .@? "SubnetStatus" + +instance ToQuery Subnet where + toQuery Subnet{..} = mconcat + [ "SubnetAvailabilityZone" =? _sSubnetAvailabilityZone + , "SubnetIdentifier" =? _sSubnetIdentifier + , "SubnetStatus" =? _sSubnetStatus + ] + +data ReservedDBInstance = ReservedDBInstance + { _rdbiCurrencyCode :: Maybe Text + , _rdbiDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text + , _rdbiDBInstanceCount :: Maybe Int + , _rdbiDuration :: Maybe Int + , _rdbiFixedPrice :: Maybe Double + , _rdbiMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool + , _rdbiOfferingType :: Maybe Text + , _rdbiProductDescription :: Maybe Text + , _rdbiRecurringCharges :: List "RecurringCharge" RecurringCharge + , _rdbiReservedDBInstanceId :: Maybe Text + , _rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Maybe Text + , _rdbiStartTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _rdbiState :: Maybe Text + , _rdbiUsagePrice :: Maybe Double + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'ReservedDBInstance' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rdbiCurrencyCode' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbiDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbiDBInstanceCount' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'rdbiDuration' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'rdbiFixedPrice' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' +-- +-- * 'rdbiMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'rdbiOfferingType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbiProductDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbiRecurringCharges' @::@ ['RecurringCharge'] +-- +-- * 'rdbiReservedDBInstanceId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbiStartTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'rdbiState' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'rdbiUsagePrice' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' +-- +reservedDBInstance :: ReservedDBInstance +reservedDBInstance = ReservedDBInstance + { _rdbiReservedDBInstanceId = Nothing + , _rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing + , _rdbiDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _rdbiStartTime = Nothing + , _rdbiDuration = Nothing + , _rdbiFixedPrice = Nothing + , _rdbiUsagePrice = Nothing + , _rdbiCurrencyCode = Nothing + , _rdbiDBInstanceCount = Nothing + , _rdbiProductDescription = Nothing + , _rdbiOfferingType = Nothing + , _rdbiMultiAZ = Nothing + , _rdbiState = Nothing + , _rdbiRecurringCharges = mempty + } + +-- | The currency code for the reserved DB instance. +rdbiCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdbiCurrencyCode = lens _rdbiCurrencyCode (\s a -> s { _rdbiCurrencyCode = a }) + +-- | The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. +rdbiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdbiDBInstanceClass = + lens _rdbiDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _rdbiDBInstanceClass = a }) + +-- | The number of reserved DB instances. +rdbiDBInstanceCount :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Int) +rdbiDBInstanceCount = + lens _rdbiDBInstanceCount (\s a -> s { _rdbiDBInstanceCount = a }) + +-- | The duration of the reservation in seconds. +rdbiDuration :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Int) +rdbiDuration = lens _rdbiDuration (\s a -> s { _rdbiDuration = a }) + +-- | The fixed price charged for this reserved DB instance. +rdbiFixedPrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Double) +rdbiFixedPrice = lens _rdbiFixedPrice (\s a -> s { _rdbiFixedPrice = a }) + +-- | Indicates if the reservation applies to Multi-AZ deployments. +rdbiMultiAZ :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +rdbiMultiAZ = lens _rdbiMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _rdbiMultiAZ = a }) + +-- | The offering type of this reserved DB instance. +rdbiOfferingType :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdbiOfferingType = lens _rdbiOfferingType (\s a -> s { _rdbiOfferingType = a }) + +-- | The description of the reserved DB instance. +rdbiProductDescription :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdbiProductDescription = + lens _rdbiProductDescription (\s a -> s { _rdbiProductDescription = a }) + +-- | The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. +rdbiRecurringCharges :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance [RecurringCharge] +rdbiRecurringCharges = + lens _rdbiRecurringCharges (\s a -> s { _rdbiRecurringCharges = a }) + . _List + +-- | The unique identifier for the reservation. +rdbiReservedDBInstanceId :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdbiReservedDBInstanceId = + lens _rdbiReservedDBInstanceId + (\s a -> s { _rdbiReservedDBInstanceId = a }) + +-- | The offering identifier. +rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = + lens _rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + (\s a -> s { _rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a }) + +-- | The time the reservation started. +rdbiStartTime :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe UTCTime) +rdbiStartTime = lens _rdbiStartTime (\s a -> s { _rdbiStartTime = a }) . mapping _Time + +-- | The state of the reserved DB instance. +rdbiState :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdbiState = lens _rdbiState (\s a -> s { _rdbiState = a }) + +-- | The hourly price charged for this reserved DB instance. +rdbiUsagePrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Double) +rdbiUsagePrice = lens _rdbiUsagePrice (\s a -> s { _rdbiUsagePrice = a }) + +instance FromXML ReservedDBInstance where + parseXML x = ReservedDBInstance + <$> x .@? "CurrencyCode" + <*> x .@? "DBInstanceClass" + <*> x .@? "DBInstanceCount" + <*> x .@? "Duration" + <*> x .@? "FixedPrice" + <*> x .@? "MultiAZ" + <*> x .@? "OfferingType" + <*> x .@? "ProductDescription" + <*> x .@ "RecurringCharges" + <*> x .@? "ReservedDBInstanceId" + <*> x .@? "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId" + <*> x .@? "StartTime" + <*> x .@? "State" + <*> x .@? "UsagePrice" + +instance ToQuery ReservedDBInstance where + toQuery ReservedDBInstance{..} = mconcat + [ "CurrencyCode" =? _rdbiCurrencyCode + , "DBInstanceClass" =? _rdbiDBInstanceClass + , "DBInstanceCount" =? _rdbiDBInstanceCount + , "Duration" =? _rdbiDuration + , "FixedPrice" =? _rdbiFixedPrice + , "MultiAZ" =? _rdbiMultiAZ + , "OfferingType" =? _rdbiOfferingType + , "ProductDescription" =? _rdbiProductDescription + , "RecurringCharges" =? _rdbiRecurringCharges + , "ReservedDBInstanceId" =? _rdbiReservedDBInstanceId + , "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId" =? _rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + , "StartTime" =? _rdbiStartTime + , "State" =? _rdbiState + , "UsagePrice" =? _rdbiUsagePrice + ] + +data EngineDefaults = EngineDefaults + { _edDBParameterGroupFamily :: Maybe Text + , _edMarker :: Maybe Text + , _edParameters :: List "Parameter" Parameter + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'EngineDefaults' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'edDBParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'edMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'edParameters' @::@ ['Parameter'] +-- +engineDefaults :: EngineDefaults +engineDefaults = EngineDefaults + { _edDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _edMarker = Nothing + , _edParameters = mempty + } + +-- | Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family which the engine +-- default parameters apply to. +edDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' EngineDefaults (Maybe Text) +edDBParameterGroupFamily = + lens _edDBParameterGroupFamily + (\s a -> s { _edDBParameterGroupFamily = a }) + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults +-- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only +-- records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . +edMarker :: Lens' EngineDefaults (Maybe Text) +edMarker = lens _edMarker (\s a -> s { _edMarker = a }) + +-- | Contains a list of engine default parameters. +edParameters :: Lens' EngineDefaults [Parameter] +edParameters = lens _edParameters (\s a -> s { _edParameters = a }) . _List + +instance FromXML EngineDefaults where + parseXML x = EngineDefaults + <$> x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily" + <*> x .@? "Marker" + <*> x .@ "Parameters" + +instance ToQuery EngineDefaults where + toQuery EngineDefaults{..} = mconcat + [ "DBParameterGroupFamily" =? _edDBParameterGroupFamily + , "Marker" =? _edMarker + , "Parameters" =? _edParameters + ] + +newtype DBParameterGroupNameMessage = DBParameterGroupNameMessage + { _dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid) + +-- | 'DBParameterGroupNameMessage' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +dbparameterGroupNameMessage :: DBParameterGroupNameMessage +dbparameterGroupNameMessage = DBParameterGroupNameMessage + { _dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the DB parameter group. +dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBParameterGroupNameMessage (Maybe Text) +dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName = + lens _dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName + (\s a -> s { _dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName = a }) + +instance FromXML DBParameterGroupNameMessage where + parseXML x = DBParameterGroupNameMessage + <$> x .@? "DBParameterGroupName" + +instance ToQuery DBParameterGroupNameMessage where + toQuery DBParameterGroupNameMessage{..} = mconcat + [ "DBParameterGroupName" =? _dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName + ] + +data OptionGroupOption = OptionGroupOption + { _ogoDefaultPort :: Maybe Int + , _ogoDescription :: Maybe Text + , _ogoEngineName :: Maybe Text + , _ogoMajorEngineVersion :: Maybe Text + , _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion :: Maybe Text + , _ogoName :: Maybe Text + , _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings :: List "OptionGroupOptionSetting" OptionGroupOptionSetting + , _ogoOptionsDependedOn :: List "OptionName" Text + , _ogoPermanent :: Maybe Bool + , _ogoPersistent :: Maybe Bool + , _ogoPortRequired :: Maybe Bool + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'OptionGroupOption' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ogoDefaultPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'ogoDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ogoEngineName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ogoMajorEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ogoName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings' @::@ ['OptionGroupOptionSetting'] +-- +-- * 'ogoOptionsDependedOn' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'ogoPermanent' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'ogoPersistent' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'ogoPortRequired' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +optionGroupOption :: OptionGroupOption +optionGroupOption = OptionGroupOption + { _ogoName = Nothing + , _ogoDescription = Nothing + , _ogoEngineName = Nothing + , _ogoMajorEngineVersion = Nothing + , _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = Nothing + , _ogoPortRequired = Nothing + , _ogoDefaultPort = Nothing + , _ogoOptionsDependedOn = mempty + , _ogoPersistent = Nothing + , _ogoPermanent = Nothing + , _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings = mempty + } + +-- | If the option requires a port, specifies the default port for the option. +ogoDefaultPort :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Int) +ogoDefaultPort = lens _ogoDefaultPort (\s a -> s { _ogoDefaultPort = a }) + +-- | The description of the option. +ogoDescription :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) +ogoDescription = lens _ogoDescription (\s a -> s { _ogoDescription = a }) + +-- | Engine name that this option can be applied to. +ogoEngineName :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) +ogoEngineName = lens _ogoEngineName (\s a -> s { _ogoEngineName = a }) + +-- | Indicates the major engine version that the option is available for. +ogoMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) +ogoMajorEngineVersion = + lens _ogoMajorEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _ogoMajorEngineVersion = a }) + +-- | The minimum required engine version for the option to be applied. +ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) +ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = + lens _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion + (\s a -> s { _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = a }) + +-- | The name of the option. +ogoName :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) +ogoName = lens _ogoName (\s a -> s { _ogoName = a }) + +-- | Specifies the option settings that are available (and the default value) +-- for each option in an option group. +ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings :: Lens' OptionGroupOption [OptionGroupOptionSetting] +ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings = + lens _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings + (\s a -> s { _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings = a }) + . _List + +-- | List of all options that are prerequisites for this option. +ogoOptionsDependedOn :: Lens' OptionGroupOption [Text] +ogoOptionsDependedOn = + lens _ogoOptionsDependedOn (\s a -> s { _ogoOptionsDependedOn = a }) + . _List + +-- | A permanent option cannot be removed from the option group once the +-- option group is used, and it cannot be removed from the db instance after +-- assigning an option group with this permanent option. +ogoPermanent :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) +ogoPermanent = lens _ogoPermanent (\s a -> s { _ogoPermanent = a }) + +-- | A persistent option cannot be removed from the option group once the +-- option group is used, but this option can be removed from the db instance +-- while modifying the related data and assigning another option group +-- without this option. +ogoPersistent :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) +ogoPersistent = lens _ogoPersistent (\s a -> s { _ogoPersistent = a }) + +-- | Specifies whether the option requires a port. +ogoPortRequired :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) +ogoPortRequired = lens _ogoPortRequired (\s a -> s { _ogoPortRequired = a }) + +instance FromXML OptionGroupOption where + parseXML x = OptionGroupOption + <$> x .@? "DefaultPort" + <*> x .@? "Description" + <*> x .@? "EngineName" + <*> x .@? "MajorEngineVersion" + <*> x .@? "MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion" + <*> x .@? "Name" + <*> x .@ "OptionGroupOptionSettings" + <*> x .@ "OptionsDependedOn" + <*> x .@? "Permanent" + <*> x .@? "Persistent" + <*> x .@? "PortRequired" + +instance ToQuery OptionGroupOption where + toQuery OptionGroupOption{..} = mconcat + [ "DefaultPort" =? _ogoDefaultPort + , "Description" =? _ogoDescription + , "EngineName" =? _ogoEngineName + , "MajorEngineVersion" =? _ogoMajorEngineVersion + , "MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion" =? _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion + , "Name" =? _ogoName + , "OptionGroupOptionSettings" =? _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings + , "OptionsDependedOn" =? _ogoOptionsDependedOn + , "Permanent" =? _ogoPermanent + , "Persistent" =? _ogoPersistent + , "PortRequired" =? _ogoPortRequired + ] + +data DBInstance = DBInstance + { _dbiAllocatedStorage :: Maybe Int + , _dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool + , _dbiAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text + , _dbiBackupRetentionPeriod :: Maybe Int + , _dbiCharacterSetName :: Maybe Text + , _dbiDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text + , _dbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _dbiDBInstanceStatus :: Maybe Text + , _dbiDBName :: Maybe Text + , _dbiDBParameterGroups :: List "DBParameterGroup" DBParameterGroupStatus + , _dbiDBSecurityGroups :: List "DBSecurityGroup" DBSecurityGroupMembership + , _dbiDBSubnetGroup :: Maybe DBSubnetGroup + , _dbiEndpoint :: Maybe Endpoint + , _dbiEngine :: Maybe Text + , _dbiEngineVersion :: Maybe Text + , _dbiInstanceCreateTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _dbiIops :: Maybe Int + , _dbiLatestRestorableTime :: Maybe RFC822 + , _dbiLicenseModel :: Maybe Text + , _dbiMasterUsername :: Maybe Text + , _dbiMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool + , _dbiOptionGroupMemberships :: List "OptionGroupMembership" OptionGroupMembership + , _dbiPendingModifiedValues :: Maybe PendingModifiedValues + , _dbiPreferredBackupWindow :: Maybe Text + , _dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Maybe Text + , _dbiPubliclyAccessible :: Maybe Bool + , _dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers :: List "ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifier" Text + , _dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text + , _dbiStatusInfos :: List "DBInstanceStatusInfo" DBInstanceStatusInfo + , _dbiStorageType :: Maybe Text + , _dbiTdeCredentialArn :: Maybe Text + , _dbiVpcSecurityGroups :: List "VpcSecurityGroupMembership" VpcSecurityGroupMembership + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DBInstance' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dbiAllocatedStorage' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'dbiAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbiBackupRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dbiCharacterSetName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbiDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbiDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbiDBInstanceStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbiDBName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbiDBParameterGroups' @::@ ['DBParameterGroupStatus'] +-- +-- * 'dbiDBSecurityGroups' @::@ ['DBSecurityGroupMembership'] +-- +-- * 'dbiDBSubnetGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSubnetGroup' +-- +-- * 'dbiEndpoint' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Endpoint' +-- +-- * 'dbiEngine' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbiEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbiInstanceCreateTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'dbiIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'dbiLatestRestorableTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- +-- * 'dbiLicenseModel' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbiMasterUsername' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbiMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'dbiOptionGroupMemberships' @::@ ['OptionGroupMembership'] +-- +-- * 'dbiPendingModifiedValues' @::@ 'Maybe' 'PendingModifiedValues' +-- +-- * 'dbiPreferredBackupWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbiPubliclyAccessible' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbiStatusInfos' @::@ ['DBInstanceStatusInfo'] +-- +-- * 'dbiStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbiTdeCredentialArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbiVpcSecurityGroups' @::@ ['VpcSecurityGroupMembership'] +-- +dbinstance :: DBInstance +dbinstance = DBInstance + { _dbiDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _dbiDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _dbiEngine = Nothing + , _dbiDBInstanceStatus = Nothing + , _dbiMasterUsername = Nothing + , _dbiDBName = Nothing + , _dbiEndpoint = Nothing + , _dbiAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _dbiInstanceCreateTime = Nothing + , _dbiPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _dbiBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _dbiDBSecurityGroups = mempty + , _dbiVpcSecurityGroups = mempty + , _dbiDBParameterGroups = mempty + , _dbiAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _dbiDBSubnetGroup = Nothing + , _dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _dbiPendingModifiedValues = Nothing + , _dbiLatestRestorableTime = Nothing + , _dbiMultiAZ = Nothing + , _dbiEngineVersion = Nothing + , _dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = mempty + , _dbiLicenseModel = Nothing + , _dbiIops = Nothing + , _dbiOptionGroupMemberships = mempty + , _dbiCharacterSetName = Nothing + , _dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _dbiPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _dbiStatusInfos = mempty + , _dbiStorageType = Nothing + , _dbiTdeCredentialArn = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gigabytes. +dbiAllocatedStorage :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) +dbiAllocatedStorage = + lens _dbiAllocatedStorage (\s a -> s { _dbiAllocatedStorage = a }) + +-- | Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically. +dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) +dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = + lens _dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + (\s a -> s { _dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a }) + +-- | Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located +-- in. +dbiAvailabilityZone :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +dbiAvailabilityZone = + lens _dbiAvailabilityZone (\s a -> s { _dbiAvailabilityZone = a }) + +-- | Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are +-- retained. +dbiBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) +dbiBackupRetentionPeriod = + lens _dbiBackupRetentionPeriod + (\s a -> s { _dbiBackupRetentionPeriod = a }) + +-- | If present, specifies the name of the character set that this instance is +-- associated with. +dbiCharacterSetName :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +dbiCharacterSetName = + lens _dbiCharacterSetName (\s a -> s { _dbiCharacterSetName = a }) + +-- | Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB +-- instance. +dbiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +dbiDBInstanceClass = + lens _dbiDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _dbiDBInstanceClass = a }) + +-- | Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This is the unique key that +-- identifies a DB instance. +dbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +dbiDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _dbiDBInstanceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _dbiDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Specifies the current state of this database. +dbiDBInstanceStatus :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +dbiDBInstanceStatus = + lens _dbiDBInstanceStatus (\s a -> s { _dbiDBInstanceStatus = a }) + +-- | The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine +-- you use. For example, this value returns only MySQL information when +-- returning values from CreateDBInstanceReadReplica since read replicas are +-- only supported for MySQL. MySQL Contains the name of the initial database +-- of this instance that was provided at create time, if one was specified +-- when the DB instance was created. This same name is returned for the life +-- of the DB instance. Type: String Oracle Contains the Oracle System ID +-- (SID) of the created DB instance. Not shown when the returned parameters +-- do not apply to an Oracle DB instance. +dbiDBName :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +dbiDBName = lens _dbiDBName (\s a -> s { _dbiDBName = a }) + +-- | Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance. +dbiDBParameterGroups :: Lens' DBInstance [DBParameterGroupStatus] +dbiDBParameterGroups = + lens _dbiDBParameterGroups (\s a -> s { _dbiDBParameterGroups = a }) + . _List + +-- | Provides List of DB security group elements containing only +-- DBSecurityGroup.Name and DBSecurityGroup.Status subelements. +dbiDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' DBInstance [DBSecurityGroupMembership] +dbiDBSecurityGroups = + lens _dbiDBSecurityGroups (\s a -> s { _dbiDBSecurityGroups = a }) + . _List + +-- | Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB +-- instance, including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet +-- group. +dbiDBSubnetGroup :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe DBSubnetGroup) +dbiDBSubnetGroup = lens _dbiDBSubnetGroup (\s a -> s { _dbiDBSubnetGroup = a }) + +-- | Specifies the connection endpoint. +dbiEndpoint :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Endpoint) +dbiEndpoint = lens _dbiEndpoint (\s a -> s { _dbiEndpoint = a }) + +-- | Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance. +dbiEngine :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +dbiEngine = lens _dbiEngine (\s a -> s { _dbiEngine = a }) + +-- | Indicates the database engine version. +dbiEngineVersion :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +dbiEngineVersion = lens _dbiEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _dbiEngineVersion = a }) + +-- | Provides the date and time the DB instance was created. +dbiInstanceCreateTime :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe UTCTime) +dbiInstanceCreateTime = + lens _dbiInstanceCreateTime (\s a -> s { _dbiInstanceCreateTime = a }) + . mapping _Time + +-- | Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value. +dbiIops :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) +dbiIops = lens _dbiIops (\s a -> s { _dbiIops = a }) + +-- | Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with +-- point-in-time restore. +dbiLatestRestorableTime :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe UTCTime) +dbiLatestRestorableTime = + lens _dbiLatestRestorableTime (\s a -> s { _dbiLatestRestorableTime = a }) + . mapping _Time + +-- | License model information for this DB instance. +dbiLicenseModel :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +dbiLicenseModel = lens _dbiLicenseModel (\s a -> s { _dbiLicenseModel = a }) + +-- | Contains the master username for the DB instance. +dbiMasterUsername :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +dbiMasterUsername = + lens _dbiMasterUsername (\s a -> s { _dbiMasterUsername = a }) + +-- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. +dbiMultiAZ :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) +dbiMultiAZ = lens _dbiMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _dbiMultiAZ = a }) + +-- | Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB instance. +dbiOptionGroupMemberships :: Lens' DBInstance [OptionGroupMembership] +dbiOptionGroupMemberships = + lens _dbiOptionGroupMemberships + (\s a -> s { _dbiOptionGroupMemberships = a }) + . _List + +-- | Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is +-- only included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified +-- by subelements. +dbiPendingModifiedValues :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe PendingModifiedValues) +dbiPendingModifiedValues = + lens _dbiPendingModifiedValues + (\s a -> s { _dbiPendingModifiedValues = a }) + +-- | Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created +-- if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the +-- BackupRetentionPeriod. +dbiPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +dbiPreferredBackupWindow = + lens _dbiPreferredBackupWindow + (\s a -> s { _dbiPreferredBackupWindow = a }) + +-- | Specifies the weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance +-- can occur. +dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = + lens _dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow + (\s a -> s { _dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a }) + +-- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true +-- specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS +-- name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies +-- an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP +-- address. Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC +-- has been requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior +-- in each case. Default VPC:true VPC:false If no DB subnet group has been +-- specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not +-- been set, the DB instance will be publicly accessible. If a specific DB +-- subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the +-- PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be +-- private. +dbiPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) +dbiPubliclyAccessible = + lens _dbiPubliclyAccessible (\s a -> s { _dbiPubliclyAccessible = a }) + +-- | Contains one or more identifiers of the read replicas associated with +-- this DB instance. +dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers :: Lens' DBInstance [Text] +dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = + lens _dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers + (\s a -> s { _dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = a }) + . _List + +-- | Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is +-- a read replica. +dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier + (\s a -> s { _dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a +-- DB instance with multi-AZ support. +dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone = + lens _dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone + (\s a -> s { _dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone = a }) + +-- | The status of a read replica. If the instance is not a read replica, this +-- will be blank. +dbiStatusInfos :: Lens' DBInstance [DBInstanceStatusInfo] +dbiStatusInfos = lens _dbiStatusInfos (\s a -> s { _dbiStatusInfos = a }) . _List + +-- | Specifies storage type associated with DB Instance. +dbiStorageType :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +dbiStorageType = lens _dbiStorageType (\s a -> s { _dbiStorageType = a }) + +-- | The ARN from the Key Store with which the instance is associated for TDE +-- encryption. +dbiTdeCredentialArn :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +dbiTdeCredentialArn = + lens _dbiTdeCredentialArn (\s a -> s { _dbiTdeCredentialArn = a }) + +-- | Provides List of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs +-- to. +dbiVpcSecurityGroups :: Lens' DBInstance [VpcSecurityGroupMembership] +dbiVpcSecurityGroups = + lens _dbiVpcSecurityGroups (\s a -> s { _dbiVpcSecurityGroups = a }) + . _List + +instance FromXML DBInstance where + parseXML x = DBInstance + <$> x .@? "AllocatedStorage" + <*> x .@? "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" + <*> x .@? "AvailabilityZone" + <*> x .@? "BackupRetentionPeriod" + <*> x .@? "CharacterSetName" + <*> x .@? "DBInstanceClass" + <*> x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier" + <*> x .@? "DBInstanceStatus" + <*> x .@? "DBName" + <*> x .@ "DBParameterGroups" + <*> x .@ "DBSecurityGroups" + <*> x .@? "DBSubnetGroup" + <*> x .@? "Endpoint" + <*> x .@? "Engine" + <*> x .@? "EngineVersion" + <*> x .@? "InstanceCreateTime" + <*> x .@? "Iops" + <*> x .@? "LatestRestorableTime" + <*> x .@? "LicenseModel" + <*> x .@? "MasterUsername" + <*> x .@? "MultiAZ" + <*> x .@ "OptionGroupMemberships" + <*> x .@? "PendingModifiedValues" + <*> x .@? "PreferredBackupWindow" + <*> x .@? "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" + <*> x .@? "PubliclyAccessible" + <*> x .@ "ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers" + <*> x .@? "ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier" + <*> x .@? "SecondaryAvailabilityZone" + <*> x .@ "StatusInfos" + <*> x .@? "StorageType" + <*> x .@? "TdeCredentialArn" + <*> x .@ "VpcSecurityGroups" + +instance ToQuery DBInstance where + toQuery DBInstance{..} = mconcat + [ "AllocatedStorage" =? _dbiAllocatedStorage + , "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =? _dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , "AvailabilityZone" =? _dbiAvailabilityZone + , "BackupRetentionPeriod" =? _dbiBackupRetentionPeriod + , "CharacterSetName" =? _dbiCharacterSetName + , "DBInstanceClass" =? _dbiDBInstanceClass + , "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _dbiDBInstanceIdentifier + , "DBInstanceStatus" =? _dbiDBInstanceStatus + , "DBName" =? _dbiDBName + , "DBParameterGroups" =? _dbiDBParameterGroups + , "DBSecurityGroups" =? _dbiDBSecurityGroups + , "DBSubnetGroup" =? _dbiDBSubnetGroup + , "Endpoint" =? _dbiEndpoint + , "Engine" =? _dbiEngine + , "EngineVersion" =? _dbiEngineVersion + , "InstanceCreateTime" =? _dbiInstanceCreateTime + , "Iops" =? _dbiIops + , "LatestRestorableTime" =? _dbiLatestRestorableTime + , "LicenseModel" =? _dbiLicenseModel + , "MasterUsername" =? _dbiMasterUsername + , "MultiAZ" =? _dbiMultiAZ + , "OptionGroupMemberships" =? _dbiOptionGroupMemberships + , "PendingModifiedValues" =? _dbiPendingModifiedValues + , "PreferredBackupWindow" =? _dbiPreferredBackupWindow + , "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =? _dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , "PubliclyAccessible" =? _dbiPubliclyAccessible + , "ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers" =? _dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers + , "ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier" =? _dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier + , "SecondaryAvailabilityZone" =? _dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone + , "StatusInfos" =? _dbiStatusInfos + , "StorageType" =? _dbiStorageType + , "TdeCredentialArn" =? _dbiTdeCredentialArn + , "VpcSecurityGroups" =? _dbiVpcSecurityGroups + ] + +newtype AvailabilityZone = AvailabilityZone + { _azName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show, Monoid) + +-- | 'AvailabilityZone' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'azName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +availabilityZone :: AvailabilityZone +availabilityZone = AvailabilityZone + { _azName = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the availability zone. +azName :: Lens' AvailabilityZone (Maybe Text) +azName = lens _azName (\s a -> s { _azName = a }) + +instance FromXML AvailabilityZone where + parseXML x = AvailabilityZone + <$> x .@? "Name" + +instance ToQuery AvailabilityZone where + toQuery AvailabilityZone{..} = mconcat + [ "Name" =? _azName + ] + +data EventSubscription = EventSubscription + { _esCustSubscriptionId :: Maybe Text + , _esCustomerAwsId :: Maybe Text + , _esEnabled :: Maybe Bool + , _esEventCategoriesList :: List "EventCategory" Text + , _esSnsTopicArn :: Maybe Text + , _esSourceIdsList :: List "SourceId" Text + , _esSourceType :: Maybe Text + , _esStatus :: Maybe Text + , _esSubscriptionCreationTime :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'EventSubscription' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'esCustSubscriptionId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'esCustomerAwsId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'esEnabled' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'esEventCategoriesList' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'esSnsTopicArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'esSourceIdsList' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'esSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'esStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'esSubscriptionCreationTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +eventSubscription :: EventSubscription +eventSubscription = EventSubscription + { _esCustomerAwsId = Nothing + , _esCustSubscriptionId = Nothing + , _esSnsTopicArn = Nothing + , _esStatus = Nothing + , _esSubscriptionCreationTime = Nothing + , _esSourceType = Nothing + , _esSourceIdsList = mempty + , _esEventCategoriesList = mempty + , _esEnabled = Nothing + } + +-- | The RDS event notification subscription Id. +esCustSubscriptionId :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esCustSubscriptionId = + lens _esCustSubscriptionId (\s a -> s { _esCustSubscriptionId = a }) + +-- | The AWS customer account associated with the RDS event notification +-- subscription. +esCustomerAwsId :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esCustomerAwsId = lens _esCustomerAwsId (\s a -> s { _esCustomerAwsId = a }) + +-- | A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates +-- the subscription is enabled. +esEnabled :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Bool) +esEnabled = lens _esEnabled (\s a -> s { _esEnabled = a }) + +-- | A list of event categories for the RDS event notification subscription. +esEventCategoriesList :: Lens' EventSubscription [Text] +esEventCategoriesList = + lens _esEventCategoriesList (\s a -> s { _esEventCategoriesList = a }) + . _List + +-- | The topic ARN of the RDS event notification subscription. +esSnsTopicArn :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esSnsTopicArn = lens _esSnsTopicArn (\s a -> s { _esSnsTopicArn = a }) + +-- | A list of source IDs for the RDS event notification subscription. +esSourceIdsList :: Lens' EventSubscription [Text] +esSourceIdsList = lens _esSourceIdsList (\s a -> s { _esSourceIdsList = a }) . _List + +-- | The source type for the RDS event notification subscription. +esSourceType :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esSourceType = lens _esSourceType (\s a -> s { _esSourceType = a }) + +-- | The status of the RDS event notification subscription. Constraints: Can +-- be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | +-- no-permission | topic-not-exist The status "no-permission" indicates that +-- RDS no longer has permission to post to the SNS topic. The status +-- "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic was deleted after the +-- subscription was created. +esStatus :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esStatus = lens _esStatus (\s a -> s { _esStatus = a }) + +-- | The time the RDS event notification subscription was created. +esSubscriptionCreationTime :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esSubscriptionCreationTime = + lens _esSubscriptionCreationTime + (\s a -> s { _esSubscriptionCreationTime = a }) + +instance FromXML EventSubscription where + parseXML x = EventSubscription + <$> x .@? "CustSubscriptionId" + <*> x .@? "CustomerAwsId" + <*> x .@? "Enabled" + <*> x .@ "EventCategoriesList" + <*> x .@? "SnsTopicArn" + <*> x .@ "SourceIdsList" + <*> x .@? "SourceType" + <*> x .@? "Status" + <*> x .@? "SubscriptionCreationTime" + +instance ToQuery EventSubscription where + toQuery EventSubscription{..} = mconcat + [ "CustSubscriptionId" =? _esCustSubscriptionId + , "CustomerAwsId" =? _esCustomerAwsId + , "Enabled" =? _esEnabled + , "EventCategoriesList" =? _esEventCategoriesList + , "SnsTopicArn" =? _esSnsTopicArn + , "SourceIdsList" =? _esSourceIdsList + , "SourceType" =? _esSourceType + , "Status" =? _esStatus + , "SubscriptionCreationTime" =? _esSubscriptionCreationTime + ] + +data DBSubnetGroup = DBSubnetGroup + { _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription :: Maybe Text + , _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus :: Maybe Text + , _dbsg1Subnets :: List "Subnet" Subnet + , _dbsg1VpcId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'DBSubnetGroup' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbsg1Subnets' @::@ ['Subnet'] +-- +-- * 'dbsg1VpcId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +dbsubnetGroup :: DBSubnetGroup +dbsubnetGroup = DBSubnetGroup + { _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription = Nothing + , _dbsg1VpcId = Nothing + , _dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus = Nothing + , _dbsg1Subnets = mempty + } + +-- | Provides the description of the DB subnet group. +dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription = + lens _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription + (\s a -> s { _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription = a }) + +-- | Specifies the name of the DB subnet group. +dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = + lens _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName (\s a -> s { _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = a }) + +-- | Provides the status of the DB subnet group. +dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus = + lens _dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus (\s a -> s { _dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus = a }) + +-- | Contains a list of Subnet elements. +dbsg1Subnets :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup [Subnet] +dbsg1Subnets = lens _dbsg1Subnets (\s a -> s { _dbsg1Subnets = a }) . _List + +-- | Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group. +dbsg1VpcId :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +dbsg1VpcId = lens _dbsg1VpcId (\s a -> s { _dbsg1VpcId = a }) + +instance FromXML DBSubnetGroup where + parseXML x = DBSubnetGroup + <$> x .@? "DBSubnetGroupDescription" + <*> x .@? "DBSubnetGroupName" + <*> x .@? "SubnetGroupStatus" + <*> x .@ "Subnets" + <*> x .@? "VpcId" + +instance ToQuery DBSubnetGroup where + toQuery DBSubnetGroup{..} = mconcat + [ "DBSubnetGroupDescription" =? _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription + , "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName + , "SubnetGroupStatus" =? _dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus + , "Subnets" =? _dbsg1Subnets + , "VpcId" =? _dbsg1VpcId + ] + +data DBInstanceStatusInfo = DBInstanceStatusInfo + { _dbisiMessage :: Maybe Text + , _dbisiNormal :: Maybe Bool + , _dbisiStatus :: Maybe Text + , _dbisiStatusType :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DBInstanceStatusInfo' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'dbisiMessage' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbisiNormal' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'dbisiStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'dbisiStatusType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +dbinstanceStatusInfo :: DBInstanceStatusInfo +dbinstanceStatusInfo = DBInstanceStatusInfo + { _dbisiStatusType = Nothing + , _dbisiNormal = Nothing + , _dbisiStatus = Nothing + , _dbisiMessage = Nothing + } + +-- | Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the +-- instance is not in an error state, this value is blank. +dbisiMessage :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Text) +dbisiMessage = lens _dbisiMessage (\s a -> s { _dbisiMessage = a }) + +-- | Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or +-- false if the instance is in an error state. +dbisiNormal :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Bool) +dbisiNormal = lens _dbisiNormal (\s a -> s { _dbisiNormal = a }) + +-- | Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values +-- can be replicating, error, stopped, or terminated. +dbisiStatus :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Text) +dbisiStatus = lens _dbisiStatus (\s a -> s { _dbisiStatus = a }) + +-- | This value is currently "read replication.". +dbisiStatusType :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Text) +dbisiStatusType = lens _dbisiStatusType (\s a -> s { _dbisiStatusType = a }) + +instance FromXML DBInstanceStatusInfo where + parseXML x = DBInstanceStatusInfo + <$> x .@? "Message" + <*> x .@? "Normal" + <*> x .@? "Status" + <*> x .@? "StatusType" + +instance ToQuery DBInstanceStatusInfo where + toQuery DBInstanceStatusInfo{..} = mconcat + [ "Message" =? _dbisiMessage + , "Normal" =? _dbisiNormal + , "Status" =? _dbisiStatus + , "StatusType" =? _dbisiStatusType + ] + +data OptionSetting = OptionSetting + { _osAllowedValues :: Maybe Text + , _osApplyType :: Maybe Text + , _osDataType :: Maybe Text + , _osDefaultValue :: Maybe Text + , _osDescription :: Maybe Text + , _osIsCollection :: Maybe Bool + , _osIsModifiable :: Maybe Bool + , _osName :: Maybe Text + , _osValue :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'OptionSetting' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'osAllowedValues' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'osApplyType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'osDataType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'osDefaultValue' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'osDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'osIsCollection' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'osIsModifiable' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'osName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'osValue' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +optionSetting :: OptionSetting +optionSetting = OptionSetting + { _osName = Nothing + , _osValue = Nothing + , _osDefaultValue = Nothing + , _osDescription = Nothing + , _osApplyType = Nothing + , _osDataType = Nothing + , _osAllowedValues = Nothing + , _osIsModifiable = Nothing + , _osIsCollection = Nothing + } + +-- | The allowed values of the option setting. +osAllowedValues :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osAllowedValues = lens _osAllowedValues (\s a -> s { _osAllowedValues = a }) + +-- | The DB engine specific parameter type. +osApplyType :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osApplyType = lens _osApplyType (\s a -> s { _osApplyType = a }) + +-- | The data type of the option setting. +osDataType :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osDataType = lens _osDataType (\s a -> s { _osDataType = a }) + +-- | The default value of the option setting. +osDefaultValue :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osDefaultValue = lens _osDefaultValue (\s a -> s { _osDefaultValue = a }) + +-- | The description of the option setting. +osDescription :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osDescription = lens _osDescription (\s a -> s { _osDescription = a }) + +-- | Indicates if the option setting is part of a collection. +osIsCollection :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Bool) +osIsCollection = lens _osIsCollection (\s a -> s { _osIsCollection = a }) + +-- | A Boolean value that, when true, indicates the option setting can be +-- modified from the default. +osIsModifiable :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Bool) +osIsModifiable = lens _osIsModifiable (\s a -> s { _osIsModifiable = a }) + +-- | The name of the option that has settings that you can set. +osName :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osName = lens _osName (\s a -> s { _osName = a }) + +-- | The current value of the option setting. +osValue :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osValue = lens _osValue (\s a -> s { _osValue = a }) + +instance FromXML OptionSetting where + parseXML x = OptionSetting + <$> x .@? "AllowedValues" + <*> x .@? "ApplyType" + <*> x .@? "DataType" + <*> x .@? "DefaultValue" + <*> x .@? "Description" + <*> x .@? "IsCollection" + <*> x .@? "IsModifiable" + <*> x .@? "Name" + <*> x .@? "Value" + +instance ToQuery OptionSetting where + toQuery OptionSetting{..} = mconcat + [ "AllowedValues" =? _osAllowedValues + , "ApplyType" =? _osApplyType + , "DataType" =? _osDataType + , "DefaultValue" =? _osDefaultValue + , "Description" =? _osDescription + , "IsCollection" =? _osIsCollection + , "IsModifiable" =? _osIsModifiable + , "Name" =? _osName + , "Value" =? _osValue + ] + +data DescribeDBLogFilesDetails = DescribeDBLogFilesDetails + { _ddblfdLastWritten :: Maybe Integer + , _ddblfdLogFileName :: Maybe Text + , _ddblfdSize :: Maybe Integer + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'DescribeDBLogFilesDetails' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ddblfdLastWritten' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' +-- +-- * 'ddblfdLogFileName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ddblfdSize' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' +-- +describeDBLogFilesDetails :: DescribeDBLogFilesDetails +describeDBLogFilesDetails = DescribeDBLogFilesDetails + { _ddblfdLogFileName = Nothing + , _ddblfdLastWritten = Nothing + , _ddblfdSize = Nothing + } + +-- | A POSIX timestamp when the last log entry was written. +ddblfdLastWritten :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesDetails (Maybe Integer) +ddblfdLastWritten = + lens _ddblfdLastWritten (\s a -> s { _ddblfdLastWritten = a }) + +-- | The name of the log file for the specified DB instance. +ddblfdLogFileName :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesDetails (Maybe Text) +ddblfdLogFileName = + lens _ddblfdLogFileName (\s a -> s { _ddblfdLogFileName = a }) + +-- | The size, in bytes, of the log file for the specified DB instance. +ddblfdSize :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesDetails (Maybe Integer) +ddblfdSize = lens _ddblfdSize (\s a -> s { _ddblfdSize = a }) + +instance FromXML DescribeDBLogFilesDetails where + parseXML x = DescribeDBLogFilesDetails + <$> x .@? "LastWritten" + <*> x .@? "LogFileName" + <*> x .@? "Size" + +instance ToQuery DescribeDBLogFilesDetails where + toQuery DescribeDBLogFilesDetails{..} = mconcat + [ "LastWritten" =? _ddblfdLastWritten + , "LogFileName" =? _ddblfdLogFileName + , "Size" =? _ddblfdSize + ] + +data OrderableDBInstanceOption = OrderableDBInstanceOption + { _odbioAvailabilityZones :: List "AvailabilityZone" AvailabilityZone + , _odbioDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text + , _odbioEngine :: Maybe Text + , _odbioEngineVersion :: Maybe Text + , _odbioLicenseModel :: Maybe Text + , _odbioMultiAZCapable :: Maybe Bool + , _odbioReadReplicaCapable :: Maybe Bool + , _odbioStorageType :: Maybe Text + , _odbioSupportsIops :: Maybe Bool + , _odbioVpc :: Maybe Bool + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'OrderableDBInstanceOption' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'odbioAvailabilityZones' @::@ ['AvailabilityZone'] +-- +-- * 'odbioDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'odbioEngine' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'odbioEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'odbioLicenseModel' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'odbioMultiAZCapable' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'odbioReadReplicaCapable' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'odbioStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'odbioSupportsIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'odbioVpc' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +orderableDBInstanceOption :: OrderableDBInstanceOption +orderableDBInstanceOption = OrderableDBInstanceOption + { _odbioEngine = Nothing + , _odbioEngineVersion = Nothing + , _odbioDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _odbioLicenseModel = Nothing + , _odbioAvailabilityZones = mempty + , _odbioMultiAZCapable = Nothing + , _odbioReadReplicaCapable = Nothing + , _odbioVpc = Nothing + , _odbioStorageType = Nothing + , _odbioSupportsIops = Nothing + } + +-- | A list of availability zones for the orderable DB instance. +odbioAvailabilityZones :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption [AvailabilityZone] +odbioAvailabilityZones = + lens _odbioAvailabilityZones (\s a -> s { _odbioAvailabilityZones = a }) + . _List + +-- | The DB instance Class for the orderable DB instance. +odbioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) +odbioDBInstanceClass = + lens _odbioDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _odbioDBInstanceClass = a }) + +-- | The engine type of the orderable DB instance. +odbioEngine :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) +odbioEngine = lens _odbioEngine (\s a -> s { _odbioEngine = a }) + +-- | The engine version of the orderable DB instance. +odbioEngineVersion :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) +odbioEngineVersion = + lens _odbioEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _odbioEngineVersion = a }) + +-- | The license model for the orderable DB instance. +odbioLicenseModel :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) +odbioLicenseModel = + lens _odbioLicenseModel (\s a -> s { _odbioLicenseModel = a }) + +-- | Indicates whether this orderable DB instance is multi-AZ capable. +odbioMultiAZCapable :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) +odbioMultiAZCapable = + lens _odbioMultiAZCapable (\s a -> s { _odbioMultiAZCapable = a }) + +-- | Indicates whether this orderable DB instance can have a read replica. +odbioReadReplicaCapable :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) +odbioReadReplicaCapable = + lens _odbioReadReplicaCapable (\s a -> s { _odbioReadReplicaCapable = a }) + +-- | The storage type for this orderable DB instance. +odbioStorageType :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) +odbioStorageType = lens _odbioStorageType (\s a -> s { _odbioStorageType = a }) + +-- | Indicates whether this orderable DB instance supports provisioned IOPS. +odbioSupportsIops :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) +odbioSupportsIops = + lens _odbioSupportsIops (\s a -> s { _odbioSupportsIops = a }) + +-- | Indicates whether this is a VPC orderable DB instance. +odbioVpc :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) +odbioVpc = lens _odbioVpc (\s a -> s { _odbioVpc = a }) + +instance FromXML OrderableDBInstanceOption where + parseXML x = OrderableDBInstanceOption + <$> x .@ "AvailabilityZones" + <*> x .@? "DBInstanceClass" + <*> x .@? "Engine" + <*> x .@? "EngineVersion" + <*> x .@? "LicenseModel" + <*> x .@? "MultiAZCapable" + <*> x .@? "ReadReplicaCapable" + <*> x .@? "StorageType" + <*> x .@? "SupportsIops" + <*> x .@? "Vpc" + +instance ToQuery OrderableDBInstanceOption where + toQuery OrderableDBInstanceOption{..} = mconcat + [ "AvailabilityZones" =? _odbioAvailabilityZones + , "DBInstanceClass" =? _odbioDBInstanceClass + , "Engine" =? _odbioEngine + , "EngineVersion" =? _odbioEngineVersion + , "LicenseModel" =? _odbioLicenseModel + , "MultiAZCapable" =? _odbioMultiAZCapable + , "ReadReplicaCapable" =? _odbioReadReplicaCapable + , "StorageType" =? _odbioStorageType + , "SupportsIops" =? _odbioSupportsIops + , "Vpc" =? _odbioVpc + ] + +data Filter = Filter + { _fName :: Text + , _fValues :: List "Value" Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'Filter' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'fName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'fValues' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +filter' :: Text -- ^ 'fName' + -> Filter +filter' p1 = Filter + { _fName = p1 + , _fValues = mempty + } + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +fName :: Lens' Filter Text +fName = lens _fName (\s a -> s { _fName = a }) + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +fValues :: Lens' Filter [Text] +fValues = lens _fValues (\s a -> s { _fValues = a }) . _List + +instance FromXML Filter where + parseXML x = Filter + <$> x .@ "Name" + <*> x .@ "Values" + +instance ToQuery Filter where + toQuery Filter{..} = mconcat + [ "Name" =? _fName + , "Values" =? _fValues + ] + +data RecurringCharge = RecurringCharge + { _rcRecurringChargeAmount :: Maybe Double + , _rcRecurringChargeFrequency :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'RecurringCharge' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'rcRecurringChargeAmount' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' +-- +-- * 'rcRecurringChargeFrequency' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +recurringCharge :: RecurringCharge +recurringCharge = RecurringCharge + { _rcRecurringChargeAmount = Nothing + , _rcRecurringChargeFrequency = Nothing + } + +-- | The amount of the recurring charge. +rcRecurringChargeAmount :: Lens' RecurringCharge (Maybe Double) +rcRecurringChargeAmount = + lens _rcRecurringChargeAmount (\s a -> s { _rcRecurringChargeAmount = a }) + +-- | The frequency of the recurring charge. +rcRecurringChargeFrequency :: Lens' RecurringCharge (Maybe Text) +rcRecurringChargeFrequency = + lens _rcRecurringChargeFrequency + (\s a -> s { _rcRecurringChargeFrequency = a }) + +instance FromXML RecurringCharge where + parseXML x = RecurringCharge + <$> x .@? "RecurringChargeAmount" + <*> x .@? "RecurringChargeFrequency" + +instance ToQuery RecurringCharge where + toQuery RecurringCharge{..} = mconcat + [ "RecurringChargeAmount" =? _rcRecurringChargeAmount + , "RecurringChargeFrequency" =? _rcRecurringChargeFrequency + ] + +data Endpoint = Endpoint + { _eAddress :: Maybe Text + , _ePort :: Maybe Int + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'Endpoint' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'eAddress' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ePort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +endpoint :: Endpoint +endpoint = Endpoint + { _eAddress = Nothing + , _ePort = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance. +eAddress :: Lens' Endpoint (Maybe Text) +eAddress = lens _eAddress (\s a -> s { _eAddress = a }) + +-- | Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. +ePort :: Lens' Endpoint (Maybe Int) +ePort = lens _ePort (\s a -> s { _ePort = a }) + +instance FromXML Endpoint where + parseXML x = Endpoint + <$> x .@? "Address" + <*> x .@? "Port" + +instance ToQuery Endpoint where + toQuery Endpoint{..} = mconcat + [ "Address" =? _eAddress + , "Port" =? _ePort + ] + +data OptionConfiguration = OptionConfiguration + { _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: List "DBSecurityGroupName" Text + , _ocOptionName :: Text + , _ocOptionSettings :: List "OptionSetting" OptionSetting + , _ocPort :: Maybe Int + , _ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships :: List "VpcSecurityGroupId" Text + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'OptionConfiguration' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'ocOptionName' @::@ 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ocOptionSettings' @::@ ['OptionSetting'] +-- +-- * 'ocPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +optionConfiguration :: Text -- ^ 'ocOptionName' + -> OptionConfiguration +optionConfiguration p1 = OptionConfiguration + { _ocOptionName = p1 + , _ocPort = Nothing + , _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships = mempty + , _ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships = mempty + , _ocOptionSettings = mempty + } + +-- | A list of DBSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. +ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' OptionConfiguration [Text] +ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships = + lens _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships + (\s a -> s { _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships = a }) + . _List + +-- | The configuration of options to include in a group. +ocOptionName :: Lens' OptionConfiguration Text +ocOptionName = lens _ocOptionName (\s a -> s { _ocOptionName = a }) + +-- | The option settings to include in an option group. +ocOptionSettings :: Lens' OptionConfiguration [OptionSetting] +ocOptionSettings = lens _ocOptionSettings (\s a -> s { _ocOptionSettings = a }) . _List + +-- | The optional port for the option. +ocPort :: Lens' OptionConfiguration (Maybe Int) +ocPort = lens _ocPort (\s a -> s { _ocPort = a }) + +-- | A list of VpcSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. +ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' OptionConfiguration [Text] +ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships = + lens _ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships + (\s a -> s { _ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships = a }) + . _List + +instance FromXML OptionConfiguration where + parseXML x = OptionConfiguration + <$> x .@ "DBSecurityGroupMemberships" + <*> x .@ "OptionName" + <*> x .@ "OptionSettings" + <*> x .@? "Port" + <*> x .@ "VpcSecurityGroupMemberships" + +instance ToQuery OptionConfiguration where + toQuery OptionConfiguration{..} = mconcat + [ "DBSecurityGroupMemberships" =? _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships + , "OptionName" =? _ocOptionName + , "OptionSettings" =? _ocOptionSettings + , "Port" =? _ocPort + , "VpcSecurityGroupMemberships" =? _ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships + ] + +data Option = Option + { _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: List "DBSecurityGroup" DBSecurityGroupMembership + , _oOptionDescription :: Maybe Text + , _oOptionName :: Maybe Text + , _oOptionSettings :: List "OptionSetting" OptionSetting + , _oPermanent :: Maybe Bool + , _oPersistent :: Maybe Bool + , _oPort :: Maybe Int + , _oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships :: List "VpcSecurityGroupMembership" VpcSecurityGroupMembership + } deriving (Eq, Show) + +-- | 'Option' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'oDBSecurityGroupMemberships' @::@ ['DBSecurityGroupMembership'] +-- +-- * 'oOptionDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'oOptionName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'oOptionSettings' @::@ ['OptionSetting'] +-- +-- * 'oPermanent' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'oPersistent' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'oPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships' @::@ ['VpcSecurityGroupMembership'] +-- +option :: Option +option = Option + { _oOptionName = Nothing + , _oOptionDescription = Nothing + , _oPersistent = Nothing + , _oPermanent = Nothing + , _oPort = Nothing + , _oOptionSettings = mempty + , _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships = mempty + , _oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships = mempty + } + +-- | If the option requires access to a port, then this DB security group +-- allows access to the port. +oDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' Option [DBSecurityGroupMembership] +oDBSecurityGroupMemberships = + lens _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships + (\s a -> s { _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships = a }) + . _List + +-- | The description of the option. +oOptionDescription :: Lens' Option (Maybe Text) +oOptionDescription = + lens _oOptionDescription (\s a -> s { _oOptionDescription = a }) + +-- | The name of the option. +oOptionName :: Lens' Option (Maybe Text) +oOptionName = lens _oOptionName (\s a -> s { _oOptionName = a }) + +-- | The option settings for this option. +oOptionSettings :: Lens' Option [OptionSetting] +oOptionSettings = lens _oOptionSettings (\s a -> s { _oOptionSettings = a }) . _List + +-- | Indicate if this option is permanent. +oPermanent :: Lens' Option (Maybe Bool) +oPermanent = lens _oPermanent (\s a -> s { _oPermanent = a }) + +-- | Indicate if this option is persistent. +oPersistent :: Lens' Option (Maybe Bool) +oPersistent = lens _oPersistent (\s a -> s { _oPersistent = a }) + +-- | If required, the port configured for this option to use. +oPort :: Lens' Option (Maybe Int) +oPort = lens _oPort (\s a -> s { _oPort = a }) + +-- | If the option requires access to a port, then this VPC security group +-- allows access to the port. +oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' Option [VpcSecurityGroupMembership] +oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships = + lens _oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships + (\s a -> s { _oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships = a }) + . _List + +instance FromXML Option where + parseXML x = Option + <$> x .@ "DBSecurityGroupMemberships" + <*> x .@? "OptionDescription" + <*> x .@? "OptionName" + <*> x .@ "OptionSettings" + <*> x .@? "Permanent" + <*> x .@? "Persistent" + <*> x .@? "Port" + <*> x .@ "VpcSecurityGroupMemberships" + +instance ToQuery Option where + toQuery Option{..} = mconcat + [ "DBSecurityGroupMemberships" =? _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships + , "OptionDescription" =? _oOptionDescription + , "OptionName" =? _oOptionName + , "OptionSettings" =? _oOptionSettings + , "Permanent" =? _oPermanent + , "Persistent" =? _oPersistent + , "Port" =? _oPort + , "VpcSecurityGroupMemberships" =? _oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships + ] + +data IPRange = IPRange + { _iprCIDRIP :: Maybe Text + , _iprStatus :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'IPRange' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'iprCIDRIP' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'iprStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +iprange :: IPRange +iprange = IPRange + { _iprStatus = Nothing + , _iprCIDRIP = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the IP range. +iprCIDRIP :: Lens' IPRange (Maybe Text) +iprCIDRIP = lens _iprCIDRIP (\s a -> s { _iprCIDRIP = a }) + +-- | Specifies the status of the IP range. Status can be "authorizing", +-- "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked". +iprStatus :: Lens' IPRange (Maybe Text) +iprStatus = lens _iprStatus (\s a -> s { _iprStatus = a }) + +instance FromXML IPRange where + parseXML x = IPRange + <$> x .@? "CIDRIP" + <*> x .@? "Status" + +instance ToQuery IPRange where + toQuery IPRange{..} = mconcat + [ "CIDRIP" =? _iprCIDRIP + , "Status" =? _iprStatus + ] + +data OptionGroupMembership = OptionGroupMembership + { _ogmOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text + , _ogmStatus :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'OptionGroupMembership' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ogmOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ogmStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +optionGroupMembership :: OptionGroupMembership +optionGroupMembership = OptionGroupMembership + { _ogmOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _ogmStatus = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the option group that the instance belongs to. +ogmOptionGroupName :: Lens' OptionGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +ogmOptionGroupName = + lens _ogmOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _ogmOptionGroupName = a }) + +-- | The status of the DB instance's option group membership (e.g. in-sync, +-- pending, pending-maintenance, applying). +ogmStatus :: Lens' OptionGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +ogmStatus = lens _ogmStatus (\s a -> s { _ogmStatus = a }) + +instance FromXML OptionGroupMembership where + parseXML x = OptionGroupMembership + <$> x .@? "OptionGroupName" + <*> x .@? "Status" + +instance ToQuery OptionGroupMembership where + toQuery OptionGroupMembership{..} = mconcat + [ "OptionGroupName" =? _ogmOptionGroupName + , "Status" =? _ogmStatus + ] + +data EventCategoriesMap = EventCategoriesMap + { _ecmEventCategories :: List "EventCategory" Text + , _ecmSourceType :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'EventCategoriesMap' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ecmEventCategories' @::@ ['Text'] +-- +-- * 'ecmSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +eventCategoriesMap :: EventCategoriesMap +eventCategoriesMap = EventCategoriesMap + { _ecmSourceType = Nothing + , _ecmEventCategories = mempty + } + +-- | The event categories for the specified source type. +ecmEventCategories :: Lens' EventCategoriesMap [Text] +ecmEventCategories = + lens _ecmEventCategories (\s a -> s { _ecmEventCategories = a }) + . _List + +-- | The source type that the returned categories belong to. +ecmSourceType :: Lens' EventCategoriesMap (Maybe Text) +ecmSourceType = lens _ecmSourceType (\s a -> s { _ecmSourceType = a }) + +instance FromXML EventCategoriesMap where + parseXML x = EventCategoriesMap + <$> x .@ "EventCategories" + <*> x .@? "SourceType" + +instance ToQuery EventCategoriesMap where + toQuery EventCategoriesMap{..} = mconcat + [ "EventCategories" =? _ecmEventCategories + , "SourceType" =? _ecmSourceType + ] + +data PendingModifiedValues = PendingModifiedValues + { _pmvAllocatedStorage :: Maybe Int + , _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod :: Maybe Int + , _pmvDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text + , _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier :: Maybe Text + , _pmvEngineVersion :: Maybe Text + , _pmvIops :: Maybe Int + , _pmvMasterUserPassword :: Maybe Text + , _pmvMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool + , _pmvPort :: Maybe Int + , _pmvStorageType :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'PendingModifiedValues' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'pmvAllocatedStorage' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'pmvBackupRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'pmvDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pmvDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pmvEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pmvIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'pmvMasterUserPassword' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pmvMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'pmvPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- +-- * 'pmvStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +pendingModifiedValues :: PendingModifiedValues +pendingModifiedValues = PendingModifiedValues + { _pmvDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _pmvAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _pmvMasterUserPassword = Nothing + , _pmvPort = Nothing + , _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _pmvMultiAZ = Nothing + , _pmvEngineVersion = Nothing + , _pmvIops = Nothing + , _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _pmvStorageType = Nothing + } + +-- | Contains the new AllocatedStorage size for the DB instance that will be +-- applied or is in progress. +pmvAllocatedStorage :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) +pmvAllocatedStorage = + lens _pmvAllocatedStorage (\s a -> s { _pmvAllocatedStorage = a }) + +-- | Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are +-- retained. +pmvBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) +pmvBackupRetentionPeriod = + lens _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod + (\s a -> s { _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod = a }) + +-- | Contains the new DBInstanceClass for the DB instance that will be applied +-- or is in progress. +pmvDBInstanceClass :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvDBInstanceClass = + lens _pmvDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _pmvDBInstanceClass = a }) + +-- | Contains the new DBInstanceIdentifier for the DB instance that will be +-- applied or is in progress. +pmvDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvDBInstanceIdentifier = + lens _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) + +-- | Indicates the database engine version. +pmvEngineVersion :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvEngineVersion = lens _pmvEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _pmvEngineVersion = a }) + +-- | Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be +-- applied or is being applied. +pmvIops :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) +pmvIops = lens _pmvIops (\s a -> s { _pmvIops = a }) + +-- | Contains the pending or in-progress change of the master credentials for +-- the DB instance. +pmvMasterUserPassword :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvMasterUserPassword = + lens _pmvMasterUserPassword (\s a -> s { _pmvMasterUserPassword = a }) + +-- | Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ +-- deployment. +pmvMultiAZ :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Bool) +pmvMultiAZ = lens _pmvMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _pmvMultiAZ = a }) + +-- | Specifies the pending port for the DB instance. +pmvPort :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) +pmvPort = lens _pmvPort (\s a -> s { _pmvPort = a }) + +-- | Specifies storage type to be associated with the DB instance. +pmvStorageType :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvStorageType = lens _pmvStorageType (\s a -> s { _pmvStorageType = a }) + +instance FromXML PendingModifiedValues where + parseXML x = PendingModifiedValues + <$> x .@? "AllocatedStorage" + <*> x .@? "BackupRetentionPeriod" + <*> x .@? "DBInstanceClass" + <*> x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier" + <*> x .@? "EngineVersion" + <*> x .@? "Iops" + <*> x .@? "MasterUserPassword" + <*> x .@? "MultiAZ" + <*> x .@? "Port" + <*> x .@? "StorageType" + +instance ToQuery PendingModifiedValues where + toQuery PendingModifiedValues{..} = mconcat + [ "AllocatedStorage" =? _pmvAllocatedStorage + , "BackupRetentionPeriod" =? _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod + , "DBInstanceClass" =? _pmvDBInstanceClass + , "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier + , "EngineVersion" =? _pmvEngineVersion + , "Iops" =? _pmvIops + , "MasterUserPassword" =? _pmvMasterUserPassword + , "MultiAZ" =? _pmvMultiAZ + , "Port" =? _pmvPort + , "StorageType" =? _pmvStorageType + ] + +data VpcSecurityGroupMembership = VpcSecurityGroupMembership + { _vsgmStatus :: Maybe Text + , _vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'VpcSecurityGroupMembership' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'vsgmStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +vpcSecurityGroupMembership :: VpcSecurityGroupMembership +vpcSecurityGroupMembership = VpcSecurityGroupMembership + { _vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId = Nothing + , _vsgmStatus = Nothing + } + +-- | The status of the VPC security group. +vsgmStatus :: Lens' VpcSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +vsgmStatus = lens _vsgmStatus (\s a -> s { _vsgmStatus = a }) + +-- | The name of the VPC security group. +vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId :: Lens' VpcSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId = + lens _vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId (\s a -> s { _vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId = a }) + +instance FromXML VpcSecurityGroupMembership where + parseXML x = VpcSecurityGroupMembership + <$> x .@? "Status" + <*> x .@? "VpcSecurityGroupId" + +instance ToQuery VpcSecurityGroupMembership where + toQuery VpcSecurityGroupMembership{..} = mconcat + [ "Status" =? _vsgmStatus + , "VpcSecurityGroupId" =? _vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId + ] + +data Parameter = Parameter + { _pAllowedValues :: Maybe Text + , _pApplyMethod :: Maybe Text + , _pApplyType :: Maybe Text + , _pDataType :: Maybe Text + , _pDescription :: Maybe Text + , _pIsModifiable :: Maybe Bool + , _pMinimumEngineVersion :: Maybe Text + , _pParameterName :: Maybe Text + , _pParameterValue :: Maybe Text + , _pSource :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'Parameter' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'pAllowedValues' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pApplyMethod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pApplyType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pDataType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pIsModifiable' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'pMinimumEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pParameterName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pParameterValue' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'pSource' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +parameter :: Parameter +parameter = Parameter + { _pParameterName = Nothing + , _pParameterValue = Nothing + , _pDescription = Nothing + , _pSource = Nothing + , _pApplyType = Nothing + , _pDataType = Nothing + , _pAllowedValues = Nothing + , _pIsModifiable = Nothing + , _pMinimumEngineVersion = Nothing + , _pApplyMethod = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter. +pAllowedValues :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pAllowedValues = lens _pAllowedValues (\s a -> s { _pAllowedValues = a }) + +-- | Indicates when to apply parameter updates. +pApplyMethod :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pApplyMethod = lens _pApplyMethod (\s a -> s { _pApplyMethod = a }) + +-- | Specifies the engine specific parameters type. +pApplyType :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pApplyType = lens _pApplyType (\s a -> s { _pApplyType = a }) + +-- | Specifies the valid data type for the parameter. +pDataType :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pDataType = lens _pDataType (\s a -> s { _pDataType = a }) + +-- | Provides a description of the parameter. +pDescription :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pDescription = lens _pDescription (\s a -> s { _pDescription = a }) + +-- | Indicates whether (true) or not (false) the parameter can be modified. +-- Some parameters have security or operational implications that prevent +-- them from being changed. +pIsModifiable :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Bool) +pIsModifiable = lens _pIsModifiable (\s a -> s { _pIsModifiable = a }) + +-- | The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply. +pMinimumEngineVersion :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pMinimumEngineVersion = + lens _pMinimumEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _pMinimumEngineVersion = a }) + +-- | Specifies the name of the parameter. +pParameterName :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pParameterName = lens _pParameterName (\s a -> s { _pParameterName = a }) + +-- | Specifies the value of the parameter. +pParameterValue :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pParameterValue = lens _pParameterValue (\s a -> s { _pParameterValue = a }) + +-- | Indicates the source of the parameter value. +pSource :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pSource = lens _pSource (\s a -> s { _pSource = a }) + +instance FromXML Parameter where + parseXML x = Parameter + <$> x .@? "AllowedValues" + <*> x .@? "ApplyMethod" + <*> x .@? "ApplyType" + <*> x .@? "DataType" + <*> x .@? "Description" + <*> x .@? "IsModifiable" + <*> x .@? "MinimumEngineVersion" + <*> x .@? "ParameterName" + <*> x .@? "ParameterValue" + <*> x .@? "Source" + +instance ToQuery Parameter where + toQuery Parameter{..} = mconcat + [ "AllowedValues" =? _pAllowedValues + , "ApplyMethod" =? _pApplyMethod + , "ApplyType" =? _pApplyType + , "DataType" =? _pDataType + , "Description" =? _pDescription + , "IsModifiable" =? _pIsModifiable + , "MinimumEngineVersion" =? _pMinimumEngineVersion + , "ParameterName" =? _pParameterName + , "ParameterValue" =? _pParameterValue + , "Source" =? _pSource + ] + +data OptionGroupOptionSetting = OptionGroupOptionSetting + { _ogosAllowedValues :: Maybe Text + , _ogosApplyType :: Maybe Text + , _ogosDefaultValue :: Maybe Text + , _ogosIsModifiable :: Maybe Bool + , _ogosSettingDescription :: Maybe Text + , _ogosSettingName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq, Ord, Show) + +-- | 'OptionGroupOptionSetting' constructor. +-- +-- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- +-- * 'ogosAllowedValues' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ogosApplyType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ogosDefaultValue' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ogosIsModifiable' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- +-- * 'ogosSettingDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +-- * 'ogosSettingName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- +optionGroupOptionSetting :: OptionGroupOptionSetting +optionGroupOptionSetting = OptionGroupOptionSetting + { _ogosSettingName = Nothing + , _ogosSettingDescription = Nothing + , _ogosDefaultValue = Nothing + , _ogosApplyType = Nothing + , _ogosAllowedValues = Nothing + , _ogosIsModifiable = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates the acceptable values for the option group option. +ogosAllowedValues :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) +ogosAllowedValues = + lens _ogosAllowedValues (\s a -> s { _ogosAllowedValues = a }) + +-- | The DB engine specific parameter type for the option group option. +ogosApplyType :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) +ogosApplyType = lens _ogosApplyType (\s a -> s { _ogosApplyType = a }) + +-- | The default value for the option group option. +ogosDefaultValue :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) +ogosDefaultValue = lens _ogosDefaultValue (\s a -> s { _ogosDefaultValue = a }) + +-- | Boolean value where true indicates that this option group option can be +-- changed from the default value. +ogosIsModifiable :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Bool) +ogosIsModifiable = lens _ogosIsModifiable (\s a -> s { _ogosIsModifiable = a }) + +-- | The description of the option group option. +ogosSettingDescription :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) +ogosSettingDescription = + lens _ogosSettingDescription (\s a -> s { _ogosSettingDescription = a }) + +-- | The name of the option group option. +ogosSettingName :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) +ogosSettingName = lens _ogosSettingName (\s a -> s { _ogosSettingName = a }) + +instance FromXML OptionGroupOptionSetting where + parseXML x = OptionGroupOptionSetting + <$> x .@? "AllowedValues" + <*> x .@? "ApplyType" + <*> x .@? "DefaultValue" + <*> x .@? "IsModifiable" + <*> x .@? "SettingDescription" + <*> x .@? "SettingName" + +instance ToQuery OptionGroupOptionSetting where + toQuery OptionGroupOptionSetting{..} = mconcat + [ "AllowedValues" =? _ogosAllowedValues + , "ApplyType" =? _ogosApplyType + , "DefaultValue" =? _ogosDefaultValue + , "IsModifiable" =? _ogosIsModifiable + , "SettingDescription" =? _ogosSettingDescription + , "SettingName" =? _ogosSettingName + ]